Home

Acronis True Image Home 2011, DVD, FR

1. Next gt I Proceed Cancel If you selected a backup containing incremental images you can select one of the successive incremental images also called backup versions by its creation date time Thus you can explore the data state at a certain moment To mount an incremental image you must have all previous backup versions and the initial full backup If any of the successive backups are missing mounting is not possible To mount a differential image you must have the initial full image as well If the backup was password protected Acronis True Image Home 2011 will ask for the password in a dialog box Neither the partitions layout will be shown nor will the Next button be enabled until you enter the correct password Mount Wizard Required steps Mount backup Archive selection Succi V Finish Password Required Please specify the password to access the archive Password p E Disk_D p E Disk_C m J r Optional steps Drive letter Path EADisk_C tib Next gt Proceed Cancel 3 Select a partition to mount as a virtual disk Note that you cannot mount an image of the entire disk except in the case when the disk consists of one partition If the image contains several partitions by default all of them will be selected for mounting with automatically assigned drive letters If you would like to assign d
2. Remove from the list removes the current backup from the backup list shown in the My backups area This operation also turns off the scheduling of the removed backup if a schedule was set but it does not delete the backup files Clean up available for Nonstop Backup only opens the Cleanup dialog box where you can delete the backup versions you no longer need The backup chain will not be corrupted In case of Nonstop Backup the Operations menu will have less items The Operations menu of backups created on another computer and added to the backup list without importing the backup settings will also have less items To collapse an expanded backup box into a narrow strip right click in the free area of the box and select Collapse in the shortcut menu You can also collapse an expanded backup box by double clicking on it To expand a collapsed box right click in the free area of the box and select Expand in the shortcut menu or double click on the box When a backup box is collapsed the Operations menu contains additional items related to backup and recovery operations available for the backup Back up now adds a new backup version to the existing backup or replaces the existing backup version depending on the backup scheme being used Explore and recover opens the Backup Explorer window Start available for a nonstop backup only starts nonstop backup protection Pause available for a nonstop b
3. Clone Mode Automatic recommended Source Disk All your partitions from the source hard disk will be copied to the target disk in a few simple steps and your new hard disk will be made bootable Your existing partitions will be automatically resized to fit the target hard disk D Manual Manual mode will give you full control over the hard disk cloning procedure You will be able to adjust the size of the target partitions change their parameters and much more Nes Automatic recommended in most cases In automatic mode you will only have to take several simple actions to transfer all the data including partitions files and folders to a newer disk making it bootable if the original disk was bootable Manual Manual mode will provide more data transfer flexibility Manual mode can be useful if you need to change the disk partition layout If the program finds two disks one partitioned and another unpartitioned it will automatically recognize the partitioned disk as the source disk and the unpartitioned disk as the destination disk In such case the next steps will be bypassed and you will be taken to the cloning Summary screen 172 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 7 4 4 Selecting a source disk You can determine the source and destination using the information provided in this window disk number capacity label partition and file system information If the program finds several parti
4. When you want to uninstall it just discard all the changes made to your computer in the Try mode This may come in handy not only for those who for example like to play a lot of games but for professional software testers as well to use on their testing machines Web privacy Suppose you do not want anybody to know which Web sites you have visited or which pages you have opened we all have the right to privacy But the problem is that to make your Web surfing more comfortable and fast the system stores this information and much more cookies you have received search engine queries you have made URLs you have typed etc in special hidden files And such information is not deleted completely when you clear your temporary Internet files delete cookies clear history of the recently opened Web pages using the browser s tools So snoopers may be able to view the information using special software Well there are third party programs that can wipe all your Internet activity tracks but most of them will cost you money and time required for learning to use them Now you have a much easier way to use the Try amp Decide feature Just make a couple of clicks to turn on the Try mode before launching your Internet browser When you turn on the Try mode the program creates a virtual disk While the Try mode works all changes to your system including those made by the system itself will be saved on this virtual disk So you can surf the W
5. 206 Acronis Boot Sequence Managet cccccccecesesseseeeceeeseeeeeeaneaeeeeeeeeeeeas 207 7 9 1 Converting tib images into vhd virtual disks and vice versa The standalone versions of Acronis True Image Home 2011 that start when booting from the rescue media do not support conversion operations 7 9 1 1 Converting Acronis backup Users of the Enterprise and Ultimate editions of Windows 7 can convert a tib image of the system partition into the vhd format if they want to use the converted vhd file for booting the operating system Or they may want to get the ability to mount images without using Acronis True Image Home 2011 To convert an Acronis disk image tib file to a vhd virtual disk 1 Click Convert Acronis backup to Windows backup on the Tools amp Utilities screen f Convert to Windows Backup Se Convert to Windows Backup Required steps Select an Acronis backup Archive selection Archive location Tal Details Name Created Com Rating Method Path Images a s B Disko BDisk_D 5 27 2010 10 57 25 AM www Full backup E Disk_D D Disk c Disk_C 5 27 2010 11 09 43 AM wee KK Fullbackup E Disk_d lt m r Path E Disk_C tib Browse Next gt Cancel 2 Select the disk image to convert If the backup is password protected Acronis True Image Home 2011 will ask for it Note that the resulting vhd file will lose password protection Converting an incremental back
6. Qut To view the Acronis Knowledge Base article suggesting a solution s for correcting the error click the Knowledge Base button This will open a confirmation window that lists the information to be sent via Internet to the Acronis Knowledge Base Click OK to permit sending the information Feedback Confirmation a The following information will be sent via the Internet Click OK to confirm Parameter name Value Always send without confirmation If in future you would like to send such information without confirmation select the Always send without confirmation check box If you do not have Internet access when such an error message is shown this may happen for example when booted from the rescue media please write down the event code When you establish Internet connection or if you can use another computer where Internet connection is available use the following URL to go to the Acronis Web site error reporting form http kb acronis com errorcode Select the Acronis product version you use and manually enter the event code into the appropriate field Then click the Search button to search for an article that may contain the solution to your issue Sometimes an error may occur in a low level program module and then propagate to higher level modules resulting in errors in those modules as well This is a so called composite error where every higher level module generates its own error event code
7. Adding the Acronis Plug in to the existing PE 2 or PE 3 ISO This comes in handy when you have to add the plug in to the previously configured PE 2 or PE 3 ISO that is already in use Adding the Acronis Plug in to a WIM file for any future purpose manual ISO building adding other tools to the image and so on To be able to perform any of the above operations Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack and Windows Automated Installation Kit WAIK must be installed on your PC If you have not installed WAIK install it as described earlier in this section Acronis WinPE ISO Builder supports only x86 WinPE 2 x and WinPE 3 0 This WnPE distribution can also work on x64 hardware A PE image based on Win PE 2 x or 3 0 requires at least 256MB RAM to work The recommended memory size for PE 2 x or 3 0 is 512MB 7 2 3 1 Creating a new Win PE 2 x or PE 3 0 ISO with the Acronis Plug in You must have Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack installed on your PC Creating a new Win PE 2 x or PE 3 0 ISO with the Acronis Plug in begins from creating a Windows PE build directory 1 Select Microsoft Windows AIK Windows PE Tools Command Prompt from the Start menu Users of Windows 7 should select Microsoft Windows AIK Deployment Tools Command Prompt from the Start menu 2 Run the copype cmd script to create a folder with Windows PE files For example from a command prompt type copype x86 c winpe_ x86 When the operation finishes c
8. Having provided the new location and size click Accept You will be taken back to the Change disk layout window You might have to perform some more resizing and relocation before you get the layout you need By clicking Next you will proceed to the Cloning summary window A Be careful Clicking any previous wizard step on the sidebar in this window will reset all size and location changes that you ve selected so you will have to specify them again 7 4 8 Cloning summary The cloning summary window graphically as rectangles illustrates information about the source disk partitions and unallocated space and the destination disk layout Along with the disk number some additional information is provided disk capacity label partition and file system information Partition types primary logical and unallocated space are marked with different colors clone Disk Wizard Eae Clone Disk Wizard Rares os Summary Y Clone Mode F l Source disk Disk 1 Source Disk Target disk Disk 2 Y Destination Disk V Move Method v Change Disk Layout Before 16GB New Volume D 4 16 00 GB NTFS S34 C 2 15 97 GB NTFS E Primary Logical Dynamic Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported Click Proceed to start disk cloning Click Cancel to cancel the procedure and quit to the main program window Cloning a disk containing the currently active operating
9. ccsssccccccecsesesssaeceeecesesseaeaeceeeesseesesaeseeeeeeeseesenaeas 48 3 8 BaCKUP tO VariOUS PlaCES sesei cedece cowsscnd cncedece de torei aiaeeiiee aaea eaa RE erie 50 3 9 Adding an existing backup to the list cccecscssecececeeeesesseseceeecesessesaeseceeecsseeseaeaeeesecsseesenaees 51 3 10 Excluding items from DaCkUDP ccccsccccccecsssessssecececeeeeseeneaeseeecessesesaeaeseceessessesaeaeeeeeceseeseagaas 51 IIT Backup OPtlONS oseere neea e oaaae ree eaaet aaee e aeaaee Eae Ee aeae aaaeaii REET 3 TEL Backup SCHEMES wsssccsccevessssesaeesidevsecet cxtaveabsouesse vax iiaeie eda e AEP E E E 3 11 2 Image creation mode S113 BACKUP PROC CON ei vetosi keiseren eerten a aeaa EERTE NE ER ANERE 3 11 4 Pre Post commands for DaCKUP ccscssscsessssesesesescsescsssscssscsesesessseeeescacseseseeecesatacaeseees 3 11 5 Backup Splitting eee eescsecsesseesesscseeecsesssssessesscseceecsesoessessusaeseceeesecoessessusaeseseeseess 3 11 6 Backup Validation Option c cc cscsscscsesscsscsscsessecsessssscsscsscsesseesessusasssessssessessessucsesausessesoessessesaecausaseasenssess 311 7 BACKUP FESCrVE COPY ansera n a a i a ee a a eaa a e aA EERE 3 11 8 Removable media SettingS ccccccsscscsscsscsscsesssssssssssessesscsecseesessessssseecsesoesssssessessuesssesoeeseseesaesaueassaenseess 3 11 9 SCKEENSHOT SETUIMES sssicsidscsesescucsevascatassoaduvavscdseoieseeseeuseatecdartaravntei sisvisuesnesdabadsne
10. REGISTER RTF 3KB RTF file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 7 J Links 7 SFXHEAD SFX 36 KB SFX file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 v B Favorites m e SHARE_NT EXE 2 KB EXE file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 Ji Downloads E TCUNINST EXE 35 KB EXE file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 Ji Documents TCUNINST WUL 1KB WUL file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 E J DoctorWeb V S TCUNZLIB DLL 100 KB DLL file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 J J Desktop m EY ToTALCMD EXE 832 KB EXE file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 J Contacts E TOTALCMD EXE MANIFEST 1KB MANIFEST f 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 m i totalcmd E TOTALCMD HLP 490 KB HLP file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 Jb ProgramDataTechSmith TOTALCMDINC 15 KB INC file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 amp H TOTALCMD EXE Size 832 2 KB Selected to recover Tee EXE file View versions 44 files and 6 folders 1 3 MB rath Now 7 a s me 7 Py 11 37 11 45 12 11 12 14 pam 12 17 f The majority of user interface elements located on this tab are described in the Disks and partitions tab p 26 section Here we describe the items specific for the tab When you click an item short information on this item is displayed under the browser area The set of displayed parameters depends on the item s type Clicking the View versions link opens the View Versions window with a list of all versions of the file in the backup You can recover a desired version by its backup time By double clicking on a file in the right hand area you will recover the file to a temporary folder The file will open
11. The added file types appear in the window below 3 4 2 Support for Zip format Now you will be able to retrieve files from backups anywhere without using Acronis True Image Home 2011 if you use the zip format instead of the tib format For example you can back up files to a USB stick and retrieve these backed up files from your notebook at home without installing Acronis True Image Home 2011 This is true because the most widely used operating systems Microsoft Windows and Mac OS X have built in support of the zip file format Please note that built in support of zip files in Windows does not cover operations with multivolume zip archives and zip backups exceeding 4GB in size or which contain files of more than 4GB each The Zip format is available when backing up files folders or when making reserve copies of your backups Acronis True Image Home 2011 gives the zip format most of the functionality available for the tib format You can schedule backups validate zip backups recover files and folders from zip backups make incremental and differential backups etc However it does not provide password protection and encryption Acronis True Image Home 2011 can recover and validate only its own zip backups If a zip archive was created by a file archiver program it cannot be recovered and validated by Acronis True Image Home 2011 3 5 Backing up e mail Acronis True Image Home 2011 allows you to back up messages acco
12. wmpenc 24KB file EXE Y O wmplayer 161KB file EXE J VMware v db Windows Defender El wae v WMPMediaSharing dil 130KB file DLL Destination D Eh S ITF Backup name Nonstop backup Start now J Cancel To protect your data continuously 5 Click Nonstop Backup on the main screen This will open the Nonstop Backup window Select on the directory tree in the What to back up area an item to be protected by Nonstop Backup The right side will show the item contents with all the files and subfolders selected There you can unselect the files you do not need to protect If you need to protect more items just continue selecting items on the directory tree in the same way Select a destination for nonstop backup you can leave the default destination or browse for a destination after clicking on the current destination and selecting a suitable destination from the dropdown list For more information on selecting and managing Nonstop Backup storage see Acronis Nonstop Backup storage p 48 The Nonstop Backup will get a default name but if you would like to assign another name type the name in the Backup name field Click the Start now button to start protecting the selected data immediately Nonstop Backup and Try amp Decide cannot work simultaneously If you click the Start now button when the Try mode is turned on the program will display a message that Nonstop Backup cannot start while you are working in
13. By default the program excludes from backups files with the following extensions tmp and tib You can enter explicit file names for exclusion from the backup file ext all such files will be excluded from the backup C file ext the file ext file on the C disk will be excluded You can also use wildcards ext all files with a ext extension will be excluded C ext files located in the root of partition C with a ext extension will be excluded f_name files with any extension and named f_name will be excluded name ext all files with a ext extension having six letters in their names starting with any two symbols and ending with name will be excluded To delete a criterion for example added by mistake click the Delete icon to the right of the criterion To cancel changes in the items to be excluded click Cancel After you make changes in the items to be excluded click OK to confirm the changes and exit from the What to exclude window 5 3 5 3 Scheduling The Scheduler window allows you to specify the online backup task execution settings M Online Backup Scheduler oj Schedule your backup operation Credentials Administrator Frequency Daly C3 Stat at 10 30PM amp Upon event at user logon zj amp Advanced Settings Run the task only when the computer is idle Missed tasks Run at system startup vV Run when the connection is established Gedo Not
14. E al 16 00 GB NTFS After Vat 3 16GB New Volume E ACRONIS SZ 10 57 GB NTFS 5 425 GB NTFS B Primary Logical Dynamic i Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported 7 Options f Proceed f Cancel The completed steps are marked with green checkmarks The green arrow shows the current step After you complete all the required steps and come to the Finish step the program displays the Summary screen Check the summary of the operation to be performed and then click Proceed to start the operation Taskbar notification area icons During most of the operations special indicator icons appear in the Windows taskbar notification area the right portion of the status bar with the clock If you mouse over the icon you will see a tool tip indicating the operation s progress or state Right clicking on the icon opens a shortcut menu where you can change the operation s status or cancel the operation if necessary This icon doesn t depend on the main program window being open It is present for background execution of scheduled backups as well 1 3 5 Acronis Backup Explorer The Acronis Backup Explorer provides you with a wealth of information on your backups backup types backup versions number dates contents backup results etc In addition the Backup Explorer allows you to explore and recover backed up data both partitions and individual files and even file versions It also
15. Wizards and notification area iCONS cccccseesssceceeecessessceeeeeeseessesseaeens 25 Acronis Backup Explorer cc cccccssccccssssececeesececseseeecseaeeessesaeeeesenaeeseeeaaes 26 Integration With Windows 7 cccccessessssececececeesesneaeeeeeessesseuaeeeeeesseesees 32 1 3 1 Welcome screen When you start Acronis True Image Home 2011 for the first time after installation it will search for Acronis backups on your computer If any backups are found created by the current or an earlier version of Acronis True Image Home 2011 the Welcome screen will be skipped All found backups will be added to the backup list in the program The Welcome screen appears if No backups have been found during search Some backups have been found but no information about the backups is available for Acronis True Image Home 2011 backup source backup destination backup schedule etc For example this may occur if a backup was created on another computer Acronis True Image Home 2011 will add them to the backup list If you have a large number of preexisting backups or if the overall performance of your system is low the search for backups may take a long time In this case the Welcome screen may also appear k I Welcome 4 Acronis COMPUTE WITH CONFIDENCE ug Back up my critical data an Acronis True Image Home 2011 pP Use backup assistant S Go to main screen 9 Show at startup er What s new Welc
16. displays a message waiting for a response on how to handle the error If you set an error handling policy the program will not stop the backup process and warn you about an error with a message but will simply handle the error according to the set rules and continue working You can set the following error handling policy Do not show messages and dialogs while processing silent mode the preset is disabled You can enable this setting to ignore errors during backup operations This feature was mainly designed for unattended backups when you cannot control the backup process In this mode no notifications will be displayed to you if errors occur during backup Instead you can view the detailed log of all operations after the backup process finishes Ignore bad sectors the preset is disabled This option is present only for disk and partition backups It lets you run a backup even if there are bad sectors on the hard disk Although most disks do not have bad sectors the possibility that they might occur increases during the course of the hard disk s lifetime If your hard drive has started making strange noises for example it starts making quite loud clicking or grinding noises during operation such noises may mean that the hard drive is failing When the hard drive completely fails you can lose important data so it is high time to back up the drive as soon as possible There may be a problem though the failing hard drive might a
17. or delete it The default file categories cannot be deleted To add a custom data category click Add category To change the default name of a custom category double click the name and enter a new one Select the data source e g a folder for the new category by clicking the Browse button By default the new category will contain All data from the source but you can apply filters to select the specific types of files that you wish or do not wish to back up File Backup Sra i 3 e Configure file backup process Vhat to back uf E jE Computer H Images G a EN Category source C Users adm E Categories D Video Include Only the following fle types z Music V Images Enter file extensior GAdd E Finance ERP ae E Documents jpg a5 gif Bs png Add category amp bmp LJ mpng LI psd pdd W rle dib tif LJ crw L nef L raf L orf LJ mrw der mos E tiff LI cin L sdix LI dpx LJ fido Se gif L eps Es psi Exclusions Add Destination A SOY oap ITF v Schedule Off Turn on Backup scheme Version chain The a nir Backup name MyBackup g File backup options Back up now z Cancel To set a filter select its type Only the following file types or All data except the following file types You can add file types for the selected filter by entering their extensions in the appropriate field one at a time and then clicking Add
18. remove the rescue media and boot from the recovered system partition After making sure that you have recovered Windows to the state you need restore the original boot order 4 2 Recovering partitions and disks You can start recovering a partition or disk from an image backup both on the main screen and in Acronis Backup Explorer To start recovery from the main screen select the box of a backup containing the partition image you need to recover Click Recover or Recover last version if the backup has more than one version This will open the Disk Recovery window Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 If you want to recover the partition to the state it was at an earlier date click Explore and recover under the Recover last version button This will open Backup Explorer which allows you to select the image backup version created on that date Clicking Recover after selecting the required version will open the Disk Recovery window Disk Recovery o e Pg Recovering Partition D v Switch to disk mode w MBR VMware System Reserved NTF 19 pn System Reserved 31 3 MB Mware VMware Virtual S 1 z Partition properties Disk 2 VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 1S ee yonne D NTF New Volume D F 16GB e Virtual S1 bi Partition properties Hide MBR gP Disk recovery options Recover now Cancel a Select the corresponding check boxes of the partition s to recover If you backed up an entire disk you ca
19. xe Home Tools and Utilities k SS eer a x 4 A ic Try amp Decide Help Tools amp Utilities s Protection tools Image mountin gt g g Acronis Startup Recovery Manager Mount image Rescue Media Builder Unmount image Acronis Secure Zone Boot Sequence Manager a 9 Backup conversion One Click Backu aN P Y TH Convert Acronis backup to Windows backup Convert Windows backup to Acronis backup g X Z Disk management Clone disk aa Add new disk Backup settings transfer Import backup settings f k Export backup settings 4 Security and privacy w Acronis DriveCleanser View current state of your disks File Shredder System Clean up To return to the main screen click the Back to button in the navigation field at the top of the screen or Home in the same field 1 3 4 Wizards and notification area icons When you use the available Acronis True Image Home 2011 tools and utilities the program will in many cases employ wizards to guide you through the operations Wizards have a sidebar listing all the steps both required and optional needed for completing the operation For example see the Manage Acronis Secure Zone wizard screen shot below Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard 5 E Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard ESS Summary V Space allocation Location Disk 3 Size 5 426 GB Finish Password None The current disk state 16GB New Volume
20. 1 3 Recovering your syste Mishra iini a ei i i a ea a a a a e E EE ia 4 2 Recovering partitions and iSKS cccscccccccesssseessecececessessaeseeececesseseuaeeeeeesseeseeaeeeeeeeseeseaaeas 4 3 Recovering partitions protected with Acronis Nonstop Backup cccccccscessssssseeeeeceseessaees 75 4 4 Recovering more than one partition at ONCE s sssesssssssessseesrssssesererssssssrenresnssssrrennesssseseeens 75 4 5 Recovering a disk backup to a different disk under rescue media 4 5 1 Recovering a disk without a hidden partition ccccccsccsesssssesscsscssssessesecseesecseesessseseeeseeseseeesesaeeaseeserees 4 5 2 Recovering a disk with a hidden Partition cc cecscsscsseseesesecssesecseesessessesecseesessessesssesceceeseseessesseeaeseseeees 4 6 Recovering data from file level backups ccssssccececessessnseceeeeecesseeaaececeesceeseseaeeeeeeesseseaaeas 4 7 _ Recover ring file VErSiONs ccccccccscssssssssececececeesesneaeeeescesseeesaeseeeeecessesaaaeseeeessesseaeaeeeeseeseesenaeas 82 4 8 Recovering to different hardware ccccccccccccssssssssecececessesscneseeeeecesseseaaeseeeeseeeseseeaeseeeeeseeseaaeas 82 AS Acronis Universal REStor esans obese festa a a a i ede actos Gore ao ade 86 4 9 1 Purpose of Acronis Universal Restore ccccscsscsscssssessssscsscssesesssesessscsessessesessessessessessseseseseeesesaesaesaeeaeseeenees 86 4 9 2 General principles of Acronis Universal R
21. 28 Backup name Name of the backup being explored Oaks and partons Fies ard folders 3 My system gt Current item information area Information on the current disk partition file or folder 27 Backup version date and time Date and time when the selected backup version was created WE Toot a 2 tems 7 5 GB The selected backup version Backup version contents Disks and partitions that the backup version contains Ss soe Lis rr ities O iry amp Decide Q Hep Available for recovery D p D p La Disk C amp Recover Sow ee Time line Contains all versions of the backup Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 Right clicking on a backup version opens the shortcut menu with other available operations Recover select to recover the current backup version Validate select to check the integrity of the backup version data Convert to Windows backup for image backups select to convert the backup version s TIB file to VHD file Mount for image backups select to mount the backup version as a disk Delete version select to delete the backup version the backup chain will not be corrupted View select to set up the time line to show some additional information To find a file or folder you need to recover type the file or folder name in the search field Both tabs also show backup comments and allow for adding editing and deleting comments to the s
22. 8 719 GB NTFS 888 KB NTFS O 0 16GB S C 2 15 97 GB NTFS I Primary Logical Dynamic D Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported Next gt Proceed To resize change the volume type change the label of the existing volume right click on it and select Edit in the shortcut menu This will open the Partition Settings window Required steps Clone Mode V Source Disk Destination Disk V Move Method Finish Size Min 7 195 GB Max 1597 GB E ee R A Partition C 13 53 GB NTFS F Used space E Free space F Unallocated space E GB 13 53 Partition size Free space before 0 MB Free space after 2 483 E GB v File system Partition letter C Partition label NTFS Select the type of partition Primary l Mark the partition as active Logical a You can do this by entering values in the Free space before Partition size Free space after fields by dragging partition borders or the partition itself 176 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 If the cursor turns into two vertical lines with left and right arrows it is pointed at the partition border and you can drag it to enlarge or reduce the partition s size If the cursor turns into four arrows it is pointed at the partition so you can move it to the left or right if there s unallocated space near it
23. Boot Sequence Manager and browse for the required tib file then click OK 3 Because actual booting is performed from VHD the program needs to convert the selected tib file so the appropriate dialog will appear 4 Click OK if you want to save the converted file to the default location with the same name or browse for another location Saving to another location allows you to change the name of the vhd file Booting is possible only when the vhd file is located on an NTFS formatted local hard disk If there is not enough space for the converted file in the selected location the program will notify you You can delete unnecessary files and click Retry or cancel the conversion and repeat the operation choosing another location for the converted file 5 After the conversion process finishes a new line with the vhd filename will be added to the Acronis Boot Sequence Manager To use the VHD for booting the partition with the converted vhd file must have sufficient free space Tib files are converted into dynamic VHDs with the maximum size that equals the size of a partition backed up into a tib file When you boot from a dynamic vhd file the VHD is automatically expanded to the maximum size If the physical host partition of the vhd file does not have enough free disk space for the maximum size of the dynamic VHD the boot process will fail Furthermore you need to have additional space for the paging file Pagefile sys as the pag
24. Click OK 6 5 4 2 Storage for virtual changes Specify the partition you want to use as a storage for virtual changes that will appear during a Try amp Decide session By default Try amp Decide saves the information to a free space on Disk C You can also choose as such place Acronis Secure Zone or another logical disk or hard drive When choosing to protect more than one partition you cannot select one of the partitions to be protected to store virtual changes In addition you cannot select an external hard disk drive To select a partition Click on the partition you want to store virtual changes on Click OK 6 5 4 3 Alert settings Specify whether Try amp Decide should alert you when it uses up all the space allotted for saving virtual changes and after a specified time period has elapsed By default the Alert is On The following options are available On free disk space remaining using this option the program automatically checks the amount of free space left on the disk used by Try amp Decide with values that you specify If the amount of free space becomes less than the specified value the program displays a notification message On time elapsed since Try amp Decide started using this option the program will notify you if T amp D has been working for longer than the period of time you specified Having specified the alert settings click OK 6 5 5 Try amp Decide typical use cases The Try amp Decide
25. Google Desktop some time for indexing all Acronis backups on your computer s hard disks and adding the indexing information to its index database The required time depends on the number of Acronis backups and the number of files they contain After for example an hour check whether Google Desktop has indexed the Acronis backups by entering in its query field the name of a file which you know for sure that you backed up If Google Desktop has completed indexing it will show you the backups where it has found the file Search Web winter Search Desktop winter Hit Ctr twice to search using the Quick Search Box E Winterjpg Shared Pictures Sample Pictures icronis content MyBackup tib tib acronis content DiscC_Backup tib tib acronis content NAME winter jpg E MyBackup 1 tib tib acronis content 41 Winterjpg MyBackup tib tib acronis content 28 Winter jpg See these desktop results in a browser Google start fe Acronis True Image H If you want to see all the search results click the See all N results in a browser and you will see something like the screen shot below A Cannot find server Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q Bact Ww ix a Ay JO search Sip Favorites Meda amp 2 A E Address 8 http 127 0 0 1 4664 search s AoFySigTpUSYG muzrg7 WbaKNHQ amp q coffee Web Images Groups News Shopping Maps Scholar Desktop more Google coffee
26. Home 2011 without loading the operating system With this feature you can use Acronis True Image Home 2011 by itself to recover damaged partitions even if the operating system won t boot Unlike booting from Acronis removable media you will not need a separate media or network connection to start Acronis True Image Home 2011 7 1 2 How to use To be able to use Acronis Startup Recovery Manager at boot time prepare as follows 1 Install Acronis True Image Home 2011 2 Activate Acronis Startup Recovery Manager Acronis Startup Recovery Manager ER Acronis Startup Recovery Manager Acronis Startup Recovery Manager allows you to recover your computer at boot time before the operating system starts gt Activate If F11 is pressed at boot time Acronis True Image will be run Ww Cancel When Acronis Startup Recovery Manager is activated it overwrites the master boot record MBR with its own boot code If you have any third party boot managers installed you will need to reactivate them after the Startup Recovery Manager has been activated For Linux loaders e g LiLo and GRUB you might consider installing them to a Linux root or boot partition boot record instead of MBR before activating Acronis Startup Recovery Manager If a failure occurs turn on the computer and press F11 when you see the Press F11 for Acronis Startup Recovery Manager message This will start a standalone version of Acronis True Ima
27. Internet Explorer Ji MSBuild E Ji Reference Assemb J TechSmith v v S S Exclusions Add Size _ audiodepthconverter ax 36 KB a bod_r _ directshowtap ax 4 DvDMaker a Eurosti fieldswitch ax _ offset ax 3 OmdBase dll OmdProject dll Pipeline dil PipeTran dll _ rtstreamsink ax 76 KB 46 KB 1925 KB 55 KB 30 KB _ 32 KB 8951 KB 4178 KB 1559 KB 1466 KB 56 KB Destination D sp ace B of 16 GB free Schedule Off Turn on Backup scheme Version chain he program deletes backup versions older thar Backup name MyBackup g File backup options fo Loe Type File Folder File Folder file AX file TTF file AX file EXE file TTF file AX file AX file DLL file DLL file DLL file DLL file AX Back up now X l Cancel Let s consider how to use this backup type for backing up a folder 1 Select the folder on the directory tree in the What to back up area The right side will show the folder contents with all the files and subfolders selected There you can unselect the files you do not need to back up if any 2 Select a destination for backup you can leave the default destination or browse for a destination after clicking the down arrow to the right of the current destination and selecting Browse When the backup destination is any removable media USB BD DVD the Make this media bootable check box appears Leaving the check box selected
28. Startup Recovery Manager ER Acronis Startup Recovery Manager Acronis Startup Recovery Manager allows you to recover your computer at boot time before the operating system starts gt Activate If F11 is pressed at boot time Acronis True Image will be run KI p Cancel 4 Attention When Acronis Startup Recovery Manager is activated it overwrites the master boot record MBR with its own boot code If you have any third party boot managers installed you will have to reactivate them after activating the Startup Recovery Manager For Linux loaders e g LiLo and GRUB you might consider installing them to a Linux root or boot partition boot record instead of an MBR before activating Acronis Startup Recovery Manager If a failure occurs turn on the computer and press F11 when you see the Press F11 for Acronis Startup Recovery Manager message This will start a standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2011 that differs only slightly from the complete version Browse for a backup containing an image of your system partition and recover your system Disk letters in standalone Acronis True Image Home 2011 might sometimes differ from the way Windows identifies drives For example the D disk identified in the standalone Acronis True Image Home 2011 might correspond to the E disk in Windows The disk labels and information on partition sizes file systems drive capacities their manufacturers and model numbers can help i
29. The following error message is an example Failed to start Try amp Decide More information about this error and an applicable solution may be available online in the Acronis Knowledge base To access the online resource manually enter the event code at http kb acronis com errorcode Event code 0x00970007 0x00970016 0x00970002 The event codes from different modules are combined with symbols When manually entering such event codes into the appropriate field to search in the Knowledge Base enter the event code components without spaces around the symbols If the event code s is not recognized in the Knowledge Base the base does not yet contain an article to resolve the issue In such cases please open a trouble ticket with Acronis Customer Central 8 4 Creating a custom rescue CD If the recovery environment cannot detect some of the hard disk drives or the network adapter usually there is a problem with the drivers Acronis rescue CD cannot contain drivers for all hardware on the market So when the standard rescue CD lacks some of your hardware drivers you need to create a custom one The Linux based recovery environment used by Acronis does not provide the ability for users to add new drivers Because of this you should request Acronis Customer Service Department to create a custom rescue CD that will have all the drivers you need Before making a request collect the information about your system Select Generate
30. True Image Home 2011 Online Backup allows you to save important files to a secure remote location and recover them when the need arises Because files are stored on a remote storage they are protected even if your computer gets stolen or your house burns down So the risk of data loss as a result of fire theft or other natural disasters is practically eliminated If something happens to your backup image PC or external storage device you can get your most important files back If your computer crashes you can recover your files back to your PC or another system that has Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup or Acronis True Image Home 2011 installed on it In addition you can recover your data from Acronis Online Storage on any computer with a Web browser without the necessity of installing True Image Home 2011 Online Backup or Acronis True Image Home 2011 Simply go to the Acronis Online Backup Web site using this link https www acronis com my online backup and log in to your account When your subscription information page opens click Recover my data now After the Acronis Online Storage page opens select the computer from which you backed up the files you need to recover and then download the files to your current computer You can save documents photos music and more from up to five PCs on one account If a computer crashes no problem Just log in from another computer and retrieve your files 5 2 Subscription information P
31. True Image Home 2011 without performing backups the Backup and Restore window allows you to create a backup using Acronis One Click Backup tool Go e gt Control Panel System and Security Backup and Restore Control Panel Home Acronis True Image Home 2011 Turn on Windows Backup Run True Image Home My backups m My system Ah Explore and recover l 4h Back up now Backup size 3 32 GB Last backup August 18 2010 12 17 52 Edit backup settings Location Ga E My bac m 1 5tib Nonstop backup come Backup size 266 68 MB Edit backup settings Location Gs E Nonstop backup See also Action Center When you have created backups the Backup and Restore window will show the Nonstop Backup box and the box of your oldest disk or partition backup You can recover the backed up data refresh the backups and pause start Nonstop Backup directly from the Control Panel If you want to resume using Windows Backup click Turn on Windows Backup on the left pane This will remove Acronis True Image Home 2011 from the Control Panel and replace it with Windows Backup If later you decide to integrate Acronis True Image Home 2011 into Windows 7 again click Help on the toolbar and select Integrate True Image into Windows Furthermore the Start menu acquires the following Acronis True Image Home 2011 items Windows Media Center Windows Media Player amp Windows Update A X
32. XP with Service Pack 2 or later PE 2 0 http www microsoft com Downloads details aspx familyid C7 D4BC6D 15F3 4284 9123 67983 OD629F2 amp displaylang en AIK for Windows Vista SP1 PE 2 1 http www microsoft com downloads details aspx FamilyID 94bb6e34 d890 4932 81a5 5b50c 657de08 amp DisplayLang en AIK for Windows 7 PE 3 0 http www microsoft com DOWNLOADS details aspx familyid 696DD665 9F 76 417 7 A811 39C 26D3B3B34 amp displaylang en optional Burn the Windows AIK to DVD or copy to a flash drive Install the Microsoft NET Framework v 2 0 from this kit NETFXx86 or NETFXx64 depending on your hardware 4 Install Microsoft Core XML MSXML 6 0 Parser from this kit 5 Install Windows AIK from this kit It is recommended that you familiarize yourself with the help documentation supplied with Windows AIK A good starting point is the Create an image section of Getting Started for IT Professionals white paper To access the document select Microsoft Windows AIK Documentation Getting Started for IT Professionals from the Start menu For more information on customizing Windows PE see the Windows Preinstallation Environment User s Guide Winpe chm Integrating Acronis True Image Home 2011 with WinPE 2 x or 3 0 ISO Acronis WinPE ISO Builder provides three methods of integrating Acronis True Image Home 2011 with WinPE 2 x and WinPE 3 0 Creating the PE 2 or PE 3 ISO with the plug in from scratch
33. Zone 3 13 4 Consolidation summary The summary window contains a list of briefly described operations that Acronis True Image Home 2011 will perform after clicking Proceed If some parameters need to be changed choose the necessary step in the left part of the window and correct the parameter Click the Proceed button to start the listed operations Click the Options button to perform the optional steps Click the Cancel button to exit the wizard without performing any operations 3 14 Cloning backup settings When you already have a backup and you need to create a new backup of the same type disk file or e mail backup there is no need to configure the backup process from scratch The program allows you to copy all settings from an existing backup After that you only have to slightly correct the copied settings for your new backup and click Back up now To create a new backup based on an existing backup 1 On the main screen find the corresponding backup box click Operations point to More and then click Clone backup settings A new backup box named Copy of the initial backup name will be created It will contain the same settings as the parental backup On the cloned backup box click Operations and then click Edit backup settings Change selection of items to back up You may modify backup name destination and other settings if needed Click the Save button 5 Tocreate the first backup version click Back up
34. a month You may first try to schedule incremental backups and then have a look at the incremental backup size after the next backup runs If the size is comparable to that of the initial full backup it makes sense to create only full backups Recovery from a full backup takes less time than from a backup chain that includes a full backup and several incremental ones Furthermore corruption of an incremental backup in a chain renders the later backups in the chain useless For more detailed information see Full incremental and differential backups p 36 In Windows Vista and Windows 7 incremental or differential backups may become large because these operating systems by default perform such background tasks as defragmentation indexing etc Those tasks change file locations on the disk Incremental backups reflect the changes as they include the sectors changed since the previous backup If you like trying new applications games and utilities it is advisable to have a backup of your clean system It is made after installing only Windows and must have applications e g Microsoft Office an antivirus product favorite utilities etc Thereafter you will always be able to recover this clean system with the clean registry after you finish experimenting with new software Scheduling the system disk backups does not prevent you from adding unscheduled backups when needed The new user interface allows you to accomplish this task very easil
35. allows for operations with backups you can validate them convert to Windows backup only disk backups mount images as disks and delete backup versions you no longer need Let s have a closer look on the Acronis Backup Explorer It has two tabs for viewing backups and their content Disks and partitions available for disk backups only and Files and folders 1 3 5 1 Disks and partitions tab The Disks and partitions tab shows the backed up disks and partitions that the selected backup version contains The tab shows the disks and partitions state of when the current backup version was created You can switch between the backup versions by using the time line at the bottom of the screen For more information see Time line p 29 To recover disks and or partitions 1 Onthe time line select the backup version from which you want to recover your disks partitions The version s exact date and time will be displayed near the backup name Your data will be recovered to the state it was at that point in time 2 Select the corresponding check boxes of the disks or partitions you want to recover 3 Click the Recover button To recover specific files and folders from the disk partition backups 1 Click Explore files and folders The Files and folders tab will open 2 Select files and folders you want to recover 3 Click the Recover button For more information on recovering files and folders see Files and folders tab p
36. beciups Explore and recover le adm documents Backup boxes Full management of all your backups Padlock icon Recovery buttons Backup buttons Indicates that the backup is The most frequently Click to create a new password protected used recovery operation backup version Add backups area To create a new or add an existing backup to the backup list you can use the Add backups area It contains the following items Disk and partition backup Nonstop Backup If the backup list already includes a Nonstop Backup this item changes to Edit Nonstop Backup settings because you can run only one Nonstop Backup at a time Online Backup File backup E mail backup Browse for backup Click this item to browse for backups on your computer and add them to the backup list This may be useful when you have backups created by a previous Acronis True Image Home 2011 version which are not shown in the backup list If the added backup was created by a previous Acronis True Image Home 2011 version or copied from another computer you will be unable to perform some operations In particular you cannot refresh the backup by clicking Back up now Also you cannot edit and clone the backup settings and schedule To be able to perform the unavailable operations you may recreate the settings of the added backup by selecting Operations Recreate backup settings for more information see Operations menu later in this section My back
37. bootable disk The following settings are available Place Acronis True Image Home 2011 Full version on media Acronis True Image Home 2011 Full version includes support of USB PC Card formerly PCMCIA and SCSI interfaces along with the storage devices connected via them and therefore is strongly recommended Place Acronis System Report on media Acronis System Report the component allows you to generate system report that is used for collecting information about your system in case of any program problem Report generation will be available before you start Acronis True Image Home 2011 from the bootable media The generated system report can be saved to a USB flash drive Place Acronis One Click Restore on media Acronis One Click Restore is a minimal addition to your bootable media allowing one click data recovery from an image backup stored on this media This means that when booting from the media and after clicking Recover all data will be silently recovered to its original place No options or selections such as resizing partitions will be possible Acronis One Click Restore can be added to the media only when creating a full backup of an entire hard disk It cannot be added when creating an incremental or differential backup as well as backup of a partition In such case the Place Acronis One Click Restore on media check box will not be present on the General tab of the current backup options even if the box is s
38. by using an associated application i e Windows Explorer 1 3 5 3 Timeline Usually the time line at the bottom of Acronis Backup Explorer screen shows information on the backup versions stored in the selected backup The time line provides easy navigation through backup versions and allows you to recover your data to the state it was in at a certain date and time If you click the My backups link in the main window the time line will show all of the backups you have You can also display all of your backups by choosing the My backups item from the drop down list in the Navigation field To open the list click the arrow icon to the right of Home in the Navigation field The squares that represent backup versions have colored stripes at the bottom The color of the stripes depends on the backup types violet for disk backups turquoise for file backups green for Nonstop Backup and brown for other backups e g created by a previous Acronis True Image Home 2011 version The picture below shows various states of a time line Its states vary depending on the number of backups and the time interval through which you are navigating Event in the system Now block Indicates a software This week block Today block collapsed and installations and KENS Contains versions for the ded i current week till today phages 4 expanded software updates current day til the last hour Contains versions for the last
39. correct the errors using the appropriate operating system tools For best results install the target new drive where you plan to use it and the source drive in another location e g in an external USB enclosure This recommendation is especially important for laptops Acronis True Image Home 2011 makes the data transfer procedure from one disk to another disk cloning quite easy and clear To clone a disk m Click Tools amp Utilities in the main menu and then click Clone disk on the Tools amp Utilities screen Follow the Disk Clone Wizard steps 7 4 2 Security Please note the following if the power goes off or you accidentally press RESET during the transfer the procedure will be incomplete and you will have to partition and format or clone the hard disk again No data will be lost because the original disk is only being read no partitions are changed or resized The system transfer procedure does not alter the original disk at all After the procedure finishes you might want to format the old disk or securely wipe the data it contains Use Windows tools or Acronis DriveCleanser for these tasks Nevertheless we do not recommend that you delete data from the old disk until you are sure it is correctly transferred to the new disk the computer boots up from it and all applications work 7 4 3 Selecting clone mode There are two transfer modes available Clone Disk Wizard Q Clone Disk Wizard Choose clone mode
40. d back uf Switch to file mode Local Disk C NTF sl sense New Volume D NTFS v gt New Volume E NTFS Exclusions Add Destination D EN Bof NTF D 1 B of 16 GB free Backup name Nonstop backup Start now Cancel 2 Click Switch to partition mode in the upper right hand corner of the Nonstop Backup window The partitions that exist on the local hard disks will appear in the What to back up area Select the system partition by selecting the appropriate check box 3 Select a destination for nonstop backup you can leave the default destination or browse for a destination after clicking on the current destination and selecting a suitable destination from the dropdown list You cannot select the partition to be protected as the destination for Nonstop Backup storage 4 The nonstop backup will get a default name but if you would like to assign another name type the name in the Backup name field 5 Click the Start now button to start protecting the selected partition s immediately Nonstop Backup and Try amp Decide cannot work simultaneously If you click the Start now button when the Try mode is turned on the program will display a message that Nonstop Backup cannot start while you are working in the Try mode To start Nonstop Backup you will need to finish a Try amp Decide session You can exclude from protection files that match the criteria you specify To add exclusi
41. data destruction methods from the drop down list The data destruction methods are described in detail in Hard Disk Wiping Methods p 198 of this guide Files The Files setting defines the names of files to clean with System Clean up wizard and can be used with a search string amp System Clean up Ss You can view and change the current settings for the selected item D items al 4 a System Clean up a System Compon Tm You can see a list of the files and folders to be cleaned g Recycle Bin according to your mask 4 PA Temporary fil Data Dest Search is completed 41 items found m Files Items a Hard Disk Fre wy Temporary file fe C Users adm AppData Local Temp 88C37 A06 901E 440 gt gt Recently Used pe i C Users adm AppData Local Temp BODDDB3D9ACE421 Windows Ru ee ae fora Q C Users adm AppData Local Temp Low p g9 Opened Save specific purpose and retain them s adm AppData Local Temp msdt gt User Credenti in a folder d smegma for adm AppData Local Temp VMwareDnD I Windows Pre Fanaa Eiss Se adm AppData Local Temp VMwareDnD 0c187 confidential data that might have Gc Users adm AppData Local Temp WPDNSE been stored is completely gone PA C Users adm AppData Local Temp 4649C409 8F03 424 A C Users adm AppData Local Temp 4649C409 8F03 424 adm AppData Local Temp C287289C 11FD 47 A C Users adm AppData Local Temp C287289C 11FD 47 lt w a C Users adm
42. depends on the data destruction algorithm But what you actually see are disk sectors filled with either zeros or random symbols Creating custom algorithms of data destruction Acronis DriveCleanser gives you the opportunity to create your own algorithms for wiping hard disks Although the software includes several levels of data destruction you can choose to create your own This is recommended only for users familiar with the principles of data destruction used in secure disk wiping methods To create a custom hard disk wiping algorithm select and click the Custom line from the drop down list in the Algorithm selection window In this case some new required steps appear in the DriveCleanser wizard and you will be able to create a data destruction algorithm matching your security requirements ff Acronis DriveCleanser 3 Acronis DriveCleanser Required steps Your algorithm y Wiping Pass Adjustment eee Please select a pass fron Change parameters for the custom algorithm pass WV Algorithm selection Note that you can chan Algorithm Definition Operation Patt Saving Custom Algorithm write 00 All the data will be overwritten with the chosen pattern Please enter the pattern write 00 00 write al 5 Write a random number Random length A random value will be generated Then all the data will be overwritten with this number Please select the number of bytes in the random value The random value length can var
43. enter the encryption key 5 3 2 2 Why does the program ask for the key The program will ask you to enter the encryption key when it needs to be used for decrypting the backed up data from the selected computer on the Online Storage You will not be able to access the data until you provide the correct key To access the data type in the encryption key and click OK 5 3 3 Setting up online backup for a new computer After registering a new computer on Acronis Online Storage is complete you are offered to specify what to back up from this computer and when to do that Clicking the appropriate link opens the Items to Back Up Selection window where you can specify the files and folders you want to back up on the Online Storage For more information see Selecting items to back up p 103 Having made the selection click the Save and Close button to return to the previous window for setting a schedule for online backup or for starting the backup manually To set an online backup schedule click the link with the default backup schedule settings Never and then turn on the scheduler by clicking the Turn On button For more information on scheduling the online backup task see Scheduling p 106 Clicking the Save button will save the online backup task you have set and take you to the main program window The backup will run according to the set schedule To start backup immediately click Back Up Now You can also delay online backup start for
44. from the selected computer is stored on the Online Storage in encrypted form you will be asked to enter the encryption key which has been used for encryption You will not be able to access the data until you enter the correct encryption key Ky herons TOE mace FOME 2021 Onkne Backup kolba Acronis True Image Home 2011 m Online Backup vladimir volkhonsky acronis com Help My account Log out ma Admin Home Free space 499 MB 1 48 GB A i Next backup Back Up Now amp Recover 23 Options TADEON ve gt 7 7 2010 10 43 59 AM Name Size Type Date Version Documents and Settings tihs 1169454 KB Application 7 7 2010 5 37 5 ver2 p Program Files ir Total Shortcut 3 11 2010 4 06 verl E Users E z a adm AppData eb Contacts Desktop DoctorWeb Documents Favorites Links Searches JULY 10 Using time scale Having selected the computer you can search the data you need to recover All your backups have creation dates These dates determine the states that data had during the backup operation Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup provides for viewing the data states using a special time scale at the bottom of the window To view any prior data state just find the date you need using the arrows on the time scale click the date and select a time To go to the oldest backup date for a selected file or folder click the Left arrow button below the left end of the time scale T
45. image backup For further information see Recovering partitions and disks p 73 Depending on the circumstances recovery of the system partition may be performed both in Windows and after booting from your rescue media e g when Windows does not start Recovery in Windows is similar to recovery of a data partition However you will need to reboot Usually it is safer to recover the system partition using the rescue media When using the rescue media the recovery procedure is very similar to the procedure used for recovering the system partition from a classic disk or partition backup The only difference is the Recovery point step which allows you to select the point in time from which you can recover the system partition Acronis True Image Home 2011 safe version does not support recovery from Nonstop Backup storages 4 4 Recovering more than one partition at once To recover an image of a hard disk containing two or more partitions to another hard disk drive use the following procedure 1 Click the Recover button on the backup box of a disk containing several partitions 2 Select a partition to recover in the Disk Recovery window This will open the Choose recovery destination field below the partition label 3 Click the down arrow to the right of the field and select the destination hard disk The partition to be recovered will then be placed on the selected hard disk It occupies all the available disk space To chang
46. installed on the computer to be used for running Acronis True Image Home 2011 In addition Acronis True Image Home 2011 requires the following hardware CD RW DVD RW drive for bootable media creation Mouse or other pointing device recommended Using Acronis Nonstop Backup requires at least 1 GB RAM Acronis True Image Home 2011 rescue media has the following hardware requirements 512 MB RAM Processor Pentium 1 GHz or faster The recommended screen resolution is 1280 x 1024 The minimum screen resolution is 800 x 600 1 1 5 2 Supported operating systems Acronis True Image Home 2011 has been tested on the following operating systems Windows XP SP3 Windows XP Professional x64 Edition SP2 Windows Vista SP2 all editions Windows 7 all editions Acronis True Image Home 2011 also lets you create a bootable CD R DVD R that can back up and recover a disk partition on a computer running any Intel or AMD based PC operating system including Linux Note that the Intel based Apple Macintosh is not supported 1 1 5 3 Supported file systems FAT16 32 NTFS exFAT Ext2 Ext3 Ext4 m ReiserFS Linux SWAP If a file system is not supported or is corrupted Acronis True Image Home 2011 can copy data using a sector by sector approach The Ext2 Ext3 Ext4 ReiserFS and Linux SWAP file systems are supported only for disk or partition backup recovery operations You cannot use Acronis Tr
47. make it run faster or slower depending on whether you raise or lower the priority but it can also adversely affect the performance of other running programs The priority of any process running in a system determines the amount of CPU usage and system resources allocated to that process Decreasing the operation priority will free more resources for other CPU tasks Increasing backup or recovery priority may speed up the process by taking resources from the other currently running processes The effect will depend on total CPU usage and other factors You can set up the operation priority Low enabled by default the backup or recovery process will run slower but the performance of other programs will be increased Normal the backup or recovery process will have the equal priority with other processes High the backup or recovery process will run faster but the performance of other programs will be reduced Be aware that selecting this option may result in 100 CPU usage by Acronis True Image Home 2011 Network connection speed If you frequently back up data to network drives or FTP think of limiting the network bandwidth used by Acronis True Image Home 2011 You can specify the network backup data transfer speed by choosing one of the following Transferring speed stated as a percent of the highest possible speed drag the slider to set the desired limit for transferring backup data Transferring speed stated in kil
48. media A physical media CD DVD USB flash drive or other media supported by a machine BIOS as a boot device that contains stanalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2011 Bootable media is most often used to recover an operating system that cannot start access and back up the data that has survived in a corrupted system deploy an operating system on bare metal create basic or dynamic volumes on bare metal back up sector by sector a disk that has an unsupported file system C Consolidation Combining two or more subsequent backup versions p 215 belonging to the same backup p 215 into a single backup version The consolidation procedure allows you to delete the backup versions you no longer need from any backup chain while maintaining the consistency of chain s backups A chain to be consolidated consists of a full backup and one or more incremental backups Consolidation keeps whichever backups you choose and deletes any backups that are not selected Note that consolidation may take a lot of time and system resources including disk space Acronis Nonstop Backup uses a different consolidation mechanism In such cases the program consolidates the metadata information it uses for managing the backed up data This is because the metadata information volume is much less than the backed up data volume Accordingly consolidation requires much less time and system resources D Differential back
49. migrates or copies the entire contents of one disk drive to another disk drive This may be necessary for example when installing a larger disk The result is two identical drives with the same file structure The Disk Clone tool effectively copies all of the contents of one hard disk drive onto another hard disk drive The operation allows you to transfer all the information including the operating system and installed programs from one hard disk drive to another without having to reinstall and reconfigure all of your software If you decide to use cloning the best chance of success is to remove the existing drive from the computer and install the new drive in its place It should be connected in exactly the same way as the old drive Acronis True Image Home 2011 does not provide for cloning a single partition You can only clone the entire drive You can also transfer all the information from your hard disk drive to another one by backing up the entire old hard disk and then recovering the backup to the new disk Snapshots Acronis True Image Home 2011 uses snapshot technology which permits you to create system partition backups even while running Windows with files open for reading and writing Rebooting the computer is not necessary Once the program starts the partition backup process it temporarily freezes all the operations on the partition and creates its snapshot Snapshot creation usually takes just several seconds After th
50. of a system disk containing two partitions none of them hidden In addition we assume that the system disk does not contain a recovery partition which may not be hidden If the disk contains for example three partitions the procedure will be similar We will describe recovery using the rescue media This usually gives the best recovery results Attach the external drive if it contains the backup to be used for recovery and make sure that the drive is powered on This must be done before booting from Acronis rescue media 1 Arrange the boot order in BIOS so as to make your rescue media device CD DVD or USB stick the first boot device See Arranging boot order in BIOS p 89 Boot from the rescue media and select Acronis True Image Home 2011 Full version Select Recovery Disk and Partition Recovery in the main menu Choose the image backup of your system disk that you want to use for recovery If the disks have different disk letters in Windows and the recovery environment the program will display the following error message Acronis True Image Home 2011 cannot detect volume N of Name archive Here Name is the name of the required image backup The volume number N may be different depending on the number of backup versions in the backup Click Browse and show the path to the backup Select Recover whole disks and partitions at the Recovery method step 5 At the What to recover step select the boxes which indicate
51. physical disk drive that has been partitioned and allocated as an independent unit but functions as a separate drive Note if you create one or more logical drives the system will reserve some unallocated space for system needs in front of created partition s If you create a primary partition or a primary partition together with a logical one then no unallocated space will be reserved for system needs Later on you may convert this unallocated area into a primary disk if there is any need for it Partition letter Select a letter to be assigned to the partition being created from the drop down list If Auto is selected the program assigns the first unused drive letter in alphabetical order Partition label Partition label is a name assigned to a partition so that you can easily recognize it For example one could be called System a partition with an operating system Program an application partition Data a data partition etc Partition label is an optional attribute Enter the label of the partition being created and click Accept to continue 7 5 3 Add new disk summary The Add new disk summary contains a list of briefly described operations to be performed on partitions disks dd New Disk Wierd oes Co Add New Disk Wizard SES Summary Y Disk selection K Location Disk 2 W Partition creation Before 16GB New Volume D TE 16 00 GB NTFS After
52. processes respectively After you installed the application all options are set to the initial values You can change them for your current recovery operation only or for all further recovery operations as well Select the Save the settings as default check box to apply the modified settings to all further recovery operations by default Note that disk recovery options file recovery options and e mail recovery options are fully independent and you should configure them separately If you want to reset all the modified options to their initial values that were set after the product installation click the Reset to initial settings button In this section Pre Post commands for recovery scccscccesssecssececsseceeseeesseeeesseeeessecesees 90 Validation OptiO Nesie scniner inoen deenens ia arai ended 91 Computer restart iesin e eerie A 91 File recovery OPLIONS erri ee sassci co neirinne n eae ee E EEES 91 Overwrite file OPtionS c cccccesscceessssececsssseceesesaececsssaeceesesaeceesesaeeeeeeaaes 92 Performance of recovery operation ccccccecccceesssceceesssceeesseeeeeessteeeeeees 92 Notifications for recovery operation cccccccceessececeessececeesseeecessteeeeeees 93 4 14 1 Pre Post commands for recovery You can specify commands or even batch files that will be automatically executed before and after the recovery procedure For example you may want to start stop certain Windows processes or check your dat
53. shows the storage locations available on your computer After you select a suitable location assign a name for the file that will contain the remaining data being backed up You can enter the name manually for example tail_end tib or use the file name generator a button to the right of the line Then click OK and Acronis True Image Home 2011 will complete the backup As was already mentioned you can save full and incremental or differential backup versions to different destinations For example you can save the initial full backup to a local hard drive and then burn the subsequent incremental backup versions or differential backup versions that are an even better choice to DVDs It is also possible to save such backup versions to a network share or an FTP server If backup versions belonging to the same backup chain have been saved to various destinations Acronis True Image Home 2011 may prompt you for the locations of previous backup versions during data recovery This may occur when the selected backup version does not contain the files you want to recover or contains only a part of them 3 9 Adding an existing backup to the list If you have backups that are not shown in the My backups list for example backups created by a previous Acronis True Image Home 2011 version you can add them to the list Click Browse for backup on the main screen This will open a window where you can browse for backups on your computer To add an exi
54. some time the consolidation will start after you turn it on again You may think that at these backup rates the storage will fill in no time Do not worry as Acronis True Image Home 2011 will back up only so called deltas This does not mean that entire changed files will be backed up but only differences between old and new versions For example if you use Microsoft Outlook or Windows Mail your pst file may be very large Furthermore it changes with each received or sent E mail message Backing up the entire pst file after each change would be an unacceptable waste of your storage space so Acronis backs up only its changed parts in addition to the initially backed up file 3 6 1 Protecting your data continuously Let s consider how you can use Nonstop Backup for protecting your data Nonstop Backup fo f S Configure nonstop backup process v What to back up Switch to partition mode E Computer 5 Name Size Type E BB Desktop Ji en us File Folder 4 ee v p Icons File Folder E amp Local Disk C v p Media Renderer File Folder i h 7 J Network Sharing File Folder E Ji PerfLogs 7 J Skins File Folder m U Pogam iai p Visualizations File Folder E Ji Acronis 7 2 mpvis DLL 150KB file DLL H meas ae setup_wm 1966 KB file EXE z d cannes 7 E wmlaunch 223KB file EXE E J internet Explorer E wmpconfig i 100KB file EXE 7 P wmPoMC 960KB file EXE 7 J MSBuild 7 3 WMPDMCCore dil 316KB file DLL a 7
55. system partition from the converted tib file The virtual to physical conversion is done as follows 1 Click Convert Windows backup to Acronis backup on the Tools amp Utilities screen a Convert to Acronis Backup S Q Convert to Acronis Backup ISS Select a Windows backup Archive selection Name Created Com Rating Method Path Windows Backups A B Disko Disk_D 5 28 2010 7 33 21 AM Akk kk Fullbackup E Disk D m r Path EADisk_D vhd Browse Next gt Cancel Select the vhd file to convert Specify the path to the tib file to be created By default the converted file will be created in the same location as the file to be converted However you can select another location by clicking Browse The file can be directed to any storage supported by Acronis True Image Home 2011 except for Acronis Secure Zone 4 The next step allows you to set options for the tib backup to be created You can protect the backup with a password and encryption select a desired compression level and split the backup for example for later burning to DVDs 5 Add comments to the backup if you wish 6 Click Proceed in the Summary window Acronis True Image Home 2011 cannot convert vhd files containing dynamic volumes which were originally located on more than one disk drive striped or spanned on two or more disk drives 7 9 2 Recovery using vhd files created by Windows Backup Yo
56. system will require a reboot In that case after clicking Proceed you will be asked to confirm the reboot Canceling the reboot will cancel the entire procedure After the clone process finishes you will be offered an option to shut down the computer by pressing any key This enables you to change the position of master slave jumpers and remove one of the hard drives Cloning a non system disk or a disk containing an operating system but one that is not currently active will proceed without the need to reboot After you click Proceed Acronis True Image Home will start cloning the old disk to the new disk indicating the progress in a special window You can stop this procedure by clicking Cancel In that case you will have to repartition and format the new disk or repeat the cloning procedure After the cloning operation is complete you will see the results message 7 5 Adding a new hard disk If you do not have enough space for your data e g family photos and videos you can either replace the old disk with a new higher capacity one data transfers to new disks are described in the previous chapter or add a new disk only to store data leaving the system on the old disk If the computer has a bay for another disk it would be easier to add a disk drive than to clone one To add a new disk you must first install it in your PC To add a new hard disk m Click Tools amp Utilities in the main menu and then click Add new disk on the To
57. that your backups can be used for r COVELY s sccececeeeseees 132 Trying system changes Safely cccccssssecccecessessnseceecessessessaeeeeeesseesees 133 Scheduling cererea eres eene karen ea aa EEE REE EEEE Ee EE tse 139 Searching backups and their content essccccccecsssssssseceeeeseesssstnaeens 142 Choosing columns for viewing in wizardS ccccccccssececesseeeeessaeeeeeenaes 150 6 1 Protecting your system and data To protect your system and data please take the necessary precautionary measures 1 To protect your system from a disaster you need to make a full backup of your system To make this task easier Acronis has provided the One Click Backup feature It allows you to back up the system partition when you first start the newly installed program If you decide not to use the One Click Backup make a system backup as soon as possible 2 Whenever possible you should store your system image on a hard drive other than your primary hard disk C preferably on an external one This gives an additional guarantee that you will be able to recover your system if your primary hard disk drive fails Furthermore it is usually better to keep your personal data separate from your operating system and applications for example on disk D Such arrangement speeds up the creation of your system and data disk or partition images It also reduces the amount of information you will need to recover This makes the ba
58. the System Clean up tree and make sure that the component you wish to clean up is selected If you do not want to clean up a component simply clear its check box f required you can dig deeper by expanding a component and selecting unselecting its contents Having specified the components for clean up click the Clean up button to continue Windows Vista and Windows 7 do not keep information on file and computer searches Furthermore information on opened saved files is stored in the registry differently so the wizard shows this information in a different way 7 6 3 5 Clean up progress The operation status window reports about the state of the current operation The progress bar indicates the level of completion of the selected operation In some cases the operation may take a long time to be completed If this is the case select the Shutdown the computer after completion check box When the operation finishes Acronis True Image Home 2011 will turn the computer off 7 6 4 Hard Disk Wiping methods Information removed from a hard disk drive by non secure means for example by simple Windows delete can easily be recovered Utilizing specialized equipment it is possible to recover even repeatedly overwritten information Therefore guaranteed data wiping is more important now than ever before The guaranteed wiping of information from magnetic media e g a hard disk drive means it is impossible to recover data by even a
59. the Try mode To start Nonstop Backup you will need to finish a Try amp Decide session You can exclude from protection files that match the criteria you specify To add exclusion criteria click the Add link to the right of Exclusions While adding criteria you can use the common Windows wildcard characters For more information see Excluding items from backup p 51 Incidentally you can change the Nonstop Backup settings any time To do so click Edit Nonstop Backup settings on the main screen Save the edited Nonstop Backup settings by clicking the Save button and Nonstop Backup will immediately start working with the new settings If you have changed the Nonstop Backup destination the program will create a new full backup of the data to be protected on the new Nonstop Backup storage You can also include files and folders into Nonstop Backup by selecting them in Windows Explorer and choosing Storages Include in Nonstop Backup in the shortcut menu that opens by right clicking on the selected item 3 6 2 Protecting your system continuously You can use Acronis Nonstop Backup for protecting entire system partition as well If you have sufficient storage space Acronis Nonstop Backup can simultaneously protect more than one partition To protect the system partition continuously 1 Click Nonstop Backup on the main screen This will open the Nonstop Backup window Nonstop Backup Lo e W Configure nonstop backup process
60. the current Windows session by logging out or by rebooting the computer After you run the wizard by selecting Tools amp Utilities System Clean up in the main program menu it will search for any traces of user actions stored by Windows When the search is finished its results will be available at the top of the wizard window System Clean up ESE E Scan is completed 356 items found Below is the detailed list of found y items siv F System Clean up 4 Z 29 System Components ay System Clean up 7 Recycle Bin v a Temporary file W Hard Disk Free Space D Find Computers List VIE Find Files List v B Recently Used Documents List JE Windows Run List wv a Opened Saved Files History v g User Credentials v Windows Prefetch Directory Cleans all your Windows activity traces and securely wipes hard disk free space Please press the Clean up button to continue Click here if you want to change the clean up settings before proceeding You can view the search results and manually select the items you wish to remove If you want to change the default system clean up settings click the corresponding link in the first window of the System Clean up wizard Click Clean up to launch removing the found items 7 6 3 1 Clean up settings In the clean up settings window you can change the clean up settings for every system component Some of these settings apply to all component
61. the folder content after the recovery is complete check box When the recovery finishes Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup will open the folder with the recovered items You can stop the recovery operation by clicking Cancel The recovery operation will be canceled but if you have started recovery of several files the already recovered files will remain in the destination folder You can also close the progress window by clicking Hide The recovery will continue but you will be able to close the main program window The program will continue working in the background and will automatically close once the recovery is finished 5 5 Removing data from Online Storage Because the available space on Acronis Online Storage is limited you need to manage your Online Storage space by cleaning up the obsolete data or the data you do not need anymore Cleanup can be done in a variety of ways The most drastic one is removing a computer registered on the Online Storage Removing a computer results in deleting all data that was backed up from that computer Therefore such an operation must be carried out with caution To remove a computer right click on its tab on the main screen and select Remove from Online Storage then click Yes in the confirmation window The Online backup options provide for automatic cleanup of the Online Storage You can specify deletion of files that have been kept on the storage longer than the specified number of mon
62. the partitions to be recovered Do not select the MBR and Track 0 box as this will result in selecting the entire disk for recovery Recovering the entire disk does not allow you to resize partitions manually In such an event the new disk space will be proportionally distributed between the recovered partitions If necessary you can recover the MBR later Select the partitions and click Next Selecting partitions leads to appearance of the relevant steps Settings of partition Please note that these steps are in ascending partition drive letter order and that this order cannot be changed The order may differ from the physical order of the partitions on the hard disk In cases involving recovery of non hidden partitions the physical order of the partitions on the new disk is not significant Acronis True Image Home 2011 automatically fixes the appropriate Windows loader files This step allows you to find out whether the disk you are going to recover contains a hidden partition Hidden partitions do not have disk letters and they go first in the Settings of partition steps If you find a hidden partition see Recovering a disk with a hidden partition p 78 6 Youcan specify the following partition settings location type and size Most likely you will first specify the settings of the system partition as it usually has the letter C Since you are recovering to the new disk click New location Select the destination disk by i
63. the username of the account under which you have logged on 1 3 1 2 Backup assistant If you want to protect your data but you are not sure what data to protect and how to do this the backup assistant will help you to make an optimum choice In a few simple steps you will create a backup of your data The backup will allow you to recover your data to a known good state in case of corruption Now let s go through the backup assistant steps together Click Use backup assistant on the Welcome screen Then decide for yourself What do you want to back up My computer select this item to back up your system partition Such a backup allows you to protect all data on your system partition and recover your system if needed To better protect your system from a crash you must create a bootable rescue media or activate Acronis Startup Recovery Manager This will allow you to recover your system if Windows does not start Files and folders select this item to back up your documents including photos videos music text files and any other files and folders Such a backup allows to recover your documents from a virus attack accidental deletion and corruption E mail select this item to back up your e mail messages address book settings and accounts Such a backup allows you to recover them in case of e mail data loss or corruption After you have decided what data to back up click Next and we ll help you to continue with the backup
64. to change After you change the options click OK to save your settings If you have already changed the clean up settings before you can always return to the program defaults by clicking the Restore Defaults button General By default the summary dialog window is displayed after each clean up procedure ends the Show summary check box is selected If you do not need this window to be displayed uncheck the box Clean up options System Clean up utilizes a number of the most popular data destruction methods Here you can select the common data destruction method which will be used by default for all other components The data destruction methods are described in detail in Hard Disk Wiping Methods p 198 of this guide 7 6 3 3 Specific clean up options You can customize the following clean up options Data destruction method Default options Files Drive free space Computers Commands m Network places filter Data destruction method System Clean up utilizes a number of the most popular data destruction methods Here you need to select the desired data destruction method Use common method if you leave this parameter selected the program will use the default method the initial setting is Fast method If you need another destruction method to be set as a default click on the corresponding link Use custom method for this component selecting this parameter allows you to choose one of the preset
65. to run at the next system startup or when an Internet connection is established To do so select the Run at startup or Run when the connection is established check box or both Some of these options might be disabled depending on the operating system Having finished scheduling of online backups click OK to return to the main window Daily execution parameters You can set up the following parameters for daily task execution Frequency Daily Start at a certain time upon a certain event or every certain number of hours If you select At set the task s start time Enter hours and minutes manually or set the desired start time using the up and down buttons If you select Upon event choose the event you need At user logon At user logoff At system startup or At system shutdown To run a backup only at the first occurrence of the event select the Once a day only box If you select Every choose daily backup periodicity from the dropdown list for example every 2 hours Advanced settings To postpone a scheduled task until the next time the computer is not in use screen saver is displayed or computer is locked select the Run the task only when the computer is idle check box If the computer is switched off when the scheduled time comes the backup won t be performed but you can force the missed task to run at the next system start up To do so select the If missed run the task at startup check box If t
66. version will simply update it there is no need to remove the old version and reinstall the software The backups created by the later program version may be incompatible with the previous program versions If you roll back Acronis True Image Home 2011 to an older version you likely will have to re create the backups using the older version We strongly recommend that you create new bootable media after each Acronis True Image Home 2011 upgrade 1 2 5 Removing Acronis True Image Home 2011 Select Start Settings Control panel Add or remove programs lt Acronis True Image Home 2011 gt Remove Then follow the instructions on the screen You may have to reboot your computer afterwards to complete the task If you use Windows Vista or Windows 7 select Start gt Control panel Programs and Features gt lt Acronis True Image Home 2011 gt Remove Then follow the instructions on the screen You may have to reboot your computer afterwards to complete the task If you have Acronis Secure Zone on your computer remove it before removing the program itself because removing Acronis True Image Home 2011 will not remove the zone 1 3 Getting to know Acronis True Image Home 2011 In this section Wel COME SCF OI scxccaccceciscsdecdibacccsvaveie oeiee ae ea a Eaa dans 17 Main SGre isseire aea e A E EE kena des 21 TOOls amp Utilities SCTEON cccccccecccecessessaececeescesseseeaeceeeesseeseaeaeeeesesseesees 25
67. will result in creating a bootable recovery environment on the removable media and adding a standalone Acronis True Image Home 2011 version You will be able to run Acronis True Image Home 2011 from the removable media and recover the backed up data even on a crashed computer that cannot boot 3 By default the program will assign the name of the folder to be backed up to the backup but if you would like to assign another name type the name in the Backup name field You can also add useful information to the backup name To do so click the down arrow to the right of the destination and click Browse Select the items you want to add in the right field of the File name line add date the backup creation date will be added add time the backup creation time will be added add user name the current user name will be added add machine name the computer name will be added add task name the name of the task that includes the backup will be added add task run number the sequence number of the task run will be added 4 Click the Back up now button if you want to run backup immediately You can also delay the start of backup for up to 6 hours by clicking the down arrow to the right of this button and selecting a delay interval from the dropdown list When you need to change the default backup options click File backup options and set the options you require You can also change the default backup scheme by clicking on
68. you can also include standalone versions of these programs into the same bootable media f automatic start of the program is necessary select the Starts automatically after check box The Start automatically after parameter specifies the timeout interval for the boot menu If this parameter is not specified the program will display the boot menu and wait for you to select whether to boot the OS or the Acronis component If you set for example 10 sec for Acronis rescue media the standalone Acronis True Image Home 2011 will launch 10 seconds after the menu is displayed m Click Next to continue 7 2 1 2 Bootable media startup parameters Here you can set bootable media startup parameters in order to configure rescue media boot options for better compatibility with different hardware Several options are available nousb nomouse noapic etc These parameters are provided for advanced users If you encounter any hardware compatibility problems while testing boot from the rescue media it may be best to contact Acronis Technical Support To add a startup parameter Enter a command into the Parameters field Having specified the startup parameters click Next to continue Additional parameters that can be applied prior to booting Linux kernel Description The following parameters can be used to load Linux kernel in a special mode acpi off Disables ACPI and may help with a particular hardware configuration noapic D
69. you must specify the correct password for the selected backup file Only then will you be able to proceed with the selected operation 4 13 Arranging boot order in BIOS BIOS has a built in setup utility for initial computer configuration To enter it you have to press a certain key combination Del F1 Ctrl Alt Esc Ctrl Esc or some other depending on your BIOS during the POST power on self test sequence that starts immediately after you turn your computer on Usually the message with the required key combination is displayed during the startup test Pressing this combination takes you to the menu of the setup utility that is included in your BIOS The menu can differ in appearance sets of items and their names depending on the BIOS manufacturer The most widely known BIOS makers for PC motherboards are Award Phoenix and AMI Moreover while items in the standard setup menu are mostly the same for various BlOSes items of the extended or advanced setup heavily depend on the computer and BIOS version Among other things the BIOS menu allows you to adjust the boot order Boot order management differs for various BIOS versions e g for AMI BIOS AWARDBIOS and brand name hardware manufacturers Computer BIOS allows booting operating systems not only from hard disks but also from CD ROMs DVD ROMs and other devices Changing the boot order may be required for example to make your rescue media CD DVD or USB stick device the first boo
70. zip archives copy the files and or folders to a specified location as is If you choose reserve copies to be made in the tib format all backup options such as backup compression backup splitting etc will be inherited from the source backup You can also protect the tib backup reserve copy with a password To do so click Set password and specify a password for the reserve copy A reserve copy always contains all the files selected for backup that is when creating a reserve copy the program always makes a full backup of the source data You cannot make a reserve copy in the form of an incremental or differential backup even in tib format Also remember that you will pay for the enhanced convenience and increased security of your data by the time required for performing the backup because normal backup and reserve copying are performed one at a time and not simultaneously Please be aware that built in support of zip files in Windows does not cover operations with multivolume zip archives and with zip archives exceeding 4GB in size or which contain files of more than 4GB each Also remember that CD DVDs are not supported as locations for zip archives so you will not be able to create reserve backup copies on such a media using the zip file format 3 11 8 Removable media settings When backing up to removable media you can make this media bootable by writing additional components to it Thus you will not need a separate
71. 1 Backup schemes Backup schemes along with the scheduler help you to set up your backup strategy The schemes allow you to optimize backup storage space usage improve data storage reliability and automatically delete the obsolete backup versions Backup scheme defines the following parameters Backup methods that will be used to create backup versions full differential or incremental Sequence of the backup versions created using different methods Version cleanup rules Disk Backup Options Faka Backup scheme Advanced Performance Notifications Backup method Incremental Z An increme Create only incremental versions after the initial full version Create a full version after every 5 incremental versions Old version cleanup rules Delete version chains older than 7 days Store no morethan 10 recent version chains Keep size of the backup no morethan 1 S E Do not delete the first version of the backup Turn off automatic cleanup E Save the settings as default Reset to initial settings Cancel Acronis True Image Home 2011 allows you to choose the following backup schemes Single version p 54 select this scheme if you want to use the smallest backup storage or if you back up data that changes insignificantly Version chain p 55 this is the most recommended and optimal scheme Custom p 55 select this item if you want to set up a backup scheme manually Backup sch
72. 11 Online Backup selects the latest versions with respect to the date you specified However for any file you can select a specific version of the file to recover To recover a specific file version Inthe folder contents pane select the file whose version you want to recover then right click and choose View Versions in the shortcut menu In the File Versions dialog window that appears select a version and then click Recover or simply drag the version to a destination in Windows Explorer D File Versions Jal A eF ath_saob_s_e msi f 7 versions P latest 12 23 2009 11 24 59 AM P ver 6 12 22 2009 10 50 24 AM 2 18 2009 4 14 28 PM 2 15 2009 10 24 02 AM P ver 2 12 14 2009 5 12 59 PM P verl 12 9 2009 2 17 33 PM Destination C ents and Settings Administrator Desktop 7 Recover cancel To remove a file version from the storage select the version and click the Remove icon cross to the right of the version number To exit the window without recovering click Cancel 5 4 3 Recovery operation progress Once you start recovery of the selected files the recovery progress window appears In this window Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup shows the approximate recovery time and data transfer speed The progress bar indicates the level of recovery completion If you want to see the recovered files and or folders select the Show
73. 16GB D 9 430 GB NTFS G 4 076 GB NTFS J Unallocated 2 493 GB E Primary Logical Dynamic M Acronis Secure Zone _ Unallocated Unsupported Geet Click Proceed to start creating new partition s Click Cancel to cancel the procedure and quit to the main program window After you click Proceed Acronis True Image Home will start creating new partition s indicating the progress in a special window If you stop this procedure by clicking Cancel you will have to repartition and format the new disk or repeat the disk add procedure Before clicking the Proceed button you can use the sidebar to navigate through the Add New Disk Wizard steps and make changes Copyright Acronis N 18 Inc 2000 2010 7 6 Security and Privacy Tools Acronis True Image Home 2011 contains utilities for secure destruction of data on an entire hard disk drive and individual partitions It can also erase individual files and eliminate traces of user system activity When replacing your old hard drive with a new higher capacity one you may accidentally leave personal and confidential information on the old disk This information could be retrieved even if you have reformatted the disk The Acronis DriveCleanser provides for the destruction of confidential information on hard disk drives and or partitions with the help of techniques that meet or exceed most national and state standards You can select an app
74. 2 3 Running Acronis True Image Home 2011 You can run Acronis True Image Home 2011 in Windows by selecting Start Programs Acronis gt Acronis True Image Home 2011 Acronis True Image Home 2011 or by clicking on the appropriate shortcut on the desktop If your operating system does not load for some reason you can run Acronis Startup Recovery Manager However it must be activated prior to use see Acronis Startup Recovery Manager p 152 to learn more about this procedure To run the program press F11 during bootup when you see a corresponding message that tells you to press that key Acronis True Image Home 2011 will be run in standalone mode allowing you to recover the damaged partitions If your disk data is totally corrupted and the operating system cannot boot or if you have not activated Acronis Startup Recovery Manager load the standalone Acronis True Image Home 2011 version from the bootable media supplied with the retail box or created by you using Rescue Media Builder This boot disk will allow you to recover your disk from a previously created image When running Acronis True Image Home 2011 users of Windows Vista and Windows 7 with enabled User Account Control UAC may be prompted by UAC for permission to perform certain operations To continue with the operation click Yes in the prompt pop up window 1 2 4 Upgrading Acronis True Image Home 2011 If you already have Acronis True Image Home 2011 installed the new
75. 4 Acronis COMPUTE WITH CONFIDENCE WWW ACRONIS COM Acronis True Image Home 2011 User s Guide Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 All rights reserved Acronis Acronis Compute with Confidence Acronis Recovery Manager Acronis Secure Zone Acronis Try amp Decide and the Acronis logo are trademarks of Acronis Inc Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds VMware and VMware Ready are trademarks and or registered trademarks of VMware Inc in the United States and or other jurisdictions Windows and MS DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation All other trademarks and copyrights referred to are the property of their respective owners Distribution of substantively modified versions of this document is prohibited without the explicit permission of the copyright holder Distribution of this work or derivative work in any standard paper book form for commercial purposes is prohibited unless prior permission is obtained from the copyright holder DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED AS IS AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT ARE DISCLAIMED EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE HELD TO BE LEGALLY INVALID Third party code may be provided with the Software and or Service The license terms for such third parties are detailed in the license txt file located in
76. 7 4 5 Selecting a destination disk After you select the source disk you have to select the destination where the disk information will be copied to The previously selected source becomes grayed out and disabled for selection Clone Disk Wizard G Clone Disk Wizard Required steps Clone Mode V Source Disk Select the target hard disk from the list below L Disk properties Destination Disk Drive Capacity Model Disk1 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 Finish Disk 2 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 l Disk 3 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual 1 0 Interface SCSI SCSI SCSI U 16GB New Volume D 16 00 GB NTFS oO Primary Logical Dynamic Acronis Secure Zone Select the destination disk and click Next to continue __ Unallocated Unsupported Cancel Net gt At this point the program checks to see if the destination disk is free If not you will be prompted by the Conformation window stating that the destination disk contains partitions perhaps with useful data To confirm deletion of the partitions click OK Note that no real changes or data destruction will be performed at this time For now the program will just map out cloning All changes will be implemented only when you click Proceed If any disk is unpartitioned the program will automatically recognize it as the destination and bypass this step 7 4 6 Move method When you selec
77. Acronis WinPE ISO Builder from the Start menu 163 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 2 Specify the path to the source WINPE WIM file The standard path to this file for x86 hardware is Program Files Windows AIK Tools PETools X86 winpe wim 3 Specify the full path to the resulting WIM file including the filename or leave the default path and filename AcronisMedia wim 4 Check your settings in the summary screen and click Proceed To create a PE image ISO file from the resulting WIM file 1 Select Microsoft Windows AIK Windows PE Tools Command Prompt from the Start menu 2 Users of Windows 7 should select Microsoft Windows AIK Deployment Tools Command Prompt from the Start menu 3 Run the copype cmd script to create a folder with Windows PE files For example from a command prompt type copype x86 c winpe_x86 4 Replace the default boot wim file in your Windows PE folder with the newly created WIM file For the above WIM file creation example with the default path to the newly created WIM file type copy c Program Files Windows AIK Tools PEToo1s X86 AcronisMedia wim c winpe_x86 ISO sources boot wim 5 Use the Oscdimg tool To create an ISO file type oscdimg n bc winpe_x86 etfsboot com c winpe_x86 ISO c winpe_x86 winpe_x86 iso 7 3 Working with Acronis Secure Zone The Acronis Secure Zone is a special partition for storing backups on the same computer that created the backup The current Acronis T
78. AppData Local Temp EECD4842 D370 47 _ lt mE r Under the Windows operating system a search string can represent a full or partial filename A search string can contain any alphanumeric symbols including commas and Windows wildcard symbols and can have values similar to the following _ to clean all files with any file names and extensions doc to clean all files with a specific extension Microsoft document files in this case read to clean all files with any extensions and names beginning with read read to clean all files having five letter names and any extensions names beginning with read the fifth letter is random The last search string for example will result in the removal of read1 txt ready doc files but readyness txt will remain with its longer name excluding the extension You can enter several different search strings separated by semicolons for example bak tmp without spaces between the search strings All files with names corresponding to at least one of the search strings will be cleaned Upon entering the Files setting value you can browse the files matching the search strings To do this click Show Files You will see a window with the names of the found files These files will be cleaned Drive free space Here you can manually specify physical and or logical drives to clean up free space on By default System Clean up cleans up free
79. August 12 2010 3 29 22 PM Thursday August 12 2010 3 29 36 PM Select the required version by its backup time and click the Recover button This will open the File Recovery window Select the destination and recover the file version to the folder of your choice For more information see Recovering data from file level backups p 80 You can also recover the version by dragging it into a selected folder in Windows Explorer To choose the correct version you can open the version in the associated application and view the file contents Choose the version by its backup time and then click the Open button Acronis True Image Home 2011 will recover the file version to a temporary folder Then it will open the file using the associated application 4 8 Recovering to different hardware Using Acronis Universal Restore provided by separately purchased Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack will help you create a bootable system clone on different hardware For more information see Acronis Universal Restore p 86 Choose this option when recovering your system disk to a computer with a dissimilar processor different motherboard or a different mass storage device than in the system you originally backed up This may be useful for example after replacing a failed motherboard or when deciding to migrate the system from a desktop to a laptop You can use Acronis Universal Restore for recovering your system disk both from tib and vhd fi
80. B File system Partition letter NTFS X D X Select the type of partition Primary Mark the partition as active Logical If you allocate all unallocated space on the disk to the new partition the Create new partition button disappears 7 5 2 1 Partition settings Specify the settings for the partition being created Size You can resize and relocate the partition being created If you want to resize the partition Point the cursor at the partition border If the cursor is pointed exactly at the partition border it will change into two vertical lines with arrows on each side Hold down the left mouse button and drag the selected partition border to enlarge or reduce the partition size You can also set the size of the partition manually by typing in the desired partition size in the Partition Size field If you want to relocate the partition Point the cursor at the partition The cursor will change into a crosshair Hold down the left mouse button and drag the partition until you get the necessary size of the Free space before and or Free space after fields You can also set the amount of unallocated space before or after the selected partition by manually typing in the necessary value in the respective fields If you create one or more logical drives the program will reserve some unallocated space for system needs in front of the created partition s If you create a primary part
81. B DLL 1 1 2007 6 5 Application exter EA ATATA Chan AA PONTE Ranlientinn rss 4 m tja m r Next gt Cancel 7 6 2 2 Data destruction method selection File Shredder utilizes a number of the most popular data destruction methods Here you need to select the desired data destruction method The data destruction methods are described in detail in Hard Disk Wiping Methods p 198 of this guide Clicking Proceed after you select the desired method will start the operation execution if the Proceed button is unselectable click Finish on the sidebar and select the Destroy the selected files and folders irreversibly box to enable the Proceed button 7 6 2 3 Shredding summary The final window displays a brief summary the list of selected files and or folders to be destroyed and data destruction method used Note that after you click the Proceed button the selected files and folders will be destroyed permanently So the button is disabled until you select the Destroy the selected files and folders irreversibly check box Click the Proceed button to destroy the selected files and or folders permanently Click the Options button to perform the optional steps Click the Cancel button to exit the wizard without performing any operations Shredding operation progress The operation status window reports about the state of the current operation The progress bar indicates the level of completion of the selected operation 191 Copyr
82. Before continuing with the recovery you need to know the sizes and physical order of all existing partitions To see this information click Details on the wizard s toolbar Acronis True Image Home 2011 will display information about the backed up disk This includes a graphical view of all partitions the disk contains and their physical order on the disk If a partition display is too small to accommodate the relevant information hover the mouse pointer over the partition to see the information Select Recover whole disks and partitions at the Recovery method step At the What to recover step select the boxes of the partitions to be recovered Do not select the MBR and Track 0 box as this will result in selecting the entire disk for recovery Recovering the entire disk does not allow you to resize partitions manually You will be able to recover the MBR later Select the partitions and click Next Selecting partitions leads to appearance of the relevant steps Settings of partition Note that these steps start with partitions which do not have an assigned disk letter as usually is the case with hidden partitions The partitions will then take an ascending order of partition disk letters This order cannot be changed The order may differ from the physical order of the partitions on the hard disk You can specify the following partition settings location type and size You will first need to specify the settings of the hidden partition a
83. C manufacturer for diagnostics or system recovery Recovering a backup of a system disk with a hidden partition requires that you to take into account some additional factors First of all it is necessary for the new drive to keep the physical order of the partitions that existed on the old drive In addition you should place the hidden partition in the same location usually at the start or the end of the disk space To minimize the risk of possible problems it is better to recover the hidden partition without resizing Attach the external drive if it contains the backup to be used for recovery and make sure that the drive is powered on This must be done before booting from Acronis rescue media 1 Arrange the boot order in BIOS so as to make your rescue media device CD DVD or USB stick the first boot device See Arranging boot order in BIOS p 89 Boot from the rescue media and select Acronis True Image Home 2011 Full version Select Recovery Disk and Partition Recovery in the main menu Choose the image backup of your system disk that you want to use for recovery If the disks have different disk letters in Windows and the recovery environment the program will display the following error message Acronis True Image Home 2011 cannot detect volume N of Name archive Here Name is the name of the required image backup The volume number N may be different depending on the number of backup versions in the backup
84. Image Home 2011 Online Backup operations click Help gt Event Log in the upper right corner of the main window D Event Log Event log Show for the period Today gt Cw Message gt Online Backup 2 2 2010 11 28 14 AM Operation Online Backup started W Analyzing partition 0 0 W Analyzing partition E ww Analyzing partition C wy Analyzing partition F W Analyzing partition 0 0 w Analyzing partition G Locking partition C cae ee ina To view the logs for a specific period select the period from the drop down list You can select Today Week and Month To view all logs select Show all To delete a log entry select it right click and select Delete in the shortcut menu To delete all log entries select Delete all You can also save a log entry to file by selecting Save To save all logs to file select Save all The three buttons to the right control event filters the white cross in the red circle filters error events the exclamation mark in a yellow triangle filters warnings and the i in the blue circle filters information message events 6 Useful information In this section Protecting your system and Cata ccccccccccccssssssssececeescessessaeeeeeeseeseees 122 Preparing for DaCKUDS cccccccecssssssseccececeessssneeseceesesesseesseeeeetseseaaes 125 Testing bootable rescue MECia ceessecesssnecesseneeceeseeeeeesseeeeeeseeeaeess 129 Testing
85. K WWW ACRONIS COM WH quiet vga ask OK Cancel Acronis True lmage Home 2011 3 Select Acronis True Image Home 2011 Full version in the boot menu to continue booting from the rescue media To see the available video modes press the Enter key when the appropriate message appears 4 Choose a video mode you think best suitable for your monitor and type its number in the command line For instance typing 338 selects video mode 1600x1200x16 see the below figure lt ENTER gt to see video modes available lt SPACE gt to continue or wait 38 sec Resolution Type Mode lution ype Mode 2solution Type 88x2 UGA 1 F81 f 2 FB2 x UGA UGA FaS UGA 5 FAG UGA 328 cE l 32 32 x UE 1152x L 1448 347 1792 1856 368 gt gt 648 J 305 311 VES 31A 1 xi a video mode or scan to scan for Modes Incidentally when there is a digit or letter before a three digit number you can also select such video mode by typing the corresponding single digit or letter v in our instance 5 Wait until Acronis True Image Home 2011 Full version starts and make sure that the quality of the Welcome screen display on your monitor suits you To test another video mode close Acronis True Image Home 2011 and repeat the above procedure After you find the optimal video mode for your hardware you can create a new bootable rescue media that will automatically select that video mode To do this start Acr
86. L a P m wtaP fg gf78 QL gf9 E3 f p E gAx E g H E E g p w fQ fJ e3 Y E o bafra g 8 saf l flew l gf g7 E4 QfHP g J E gfH rBwI fQ fIYesfY E gfx J g nypf3l gat E Sector 337 367 Position 0 view Hex Hard disk content search The Search menu allows you to search a hard disk for a line and to go to a disk sector according to its absolute offset Selecting the Search item in the same menu will give you access to functions of searching lines in the disk being edited You can do the same by pressing the Ctrl F key combination Search parameters are set in the Search dialog window To begin searching Asearch line can be set both as a char Text field and numeric hexadecimal value Hex field When you type text in the Text field it will be automatically converted to hexadecimal value in the Hex field and vice versa Check the Case sensitive parameter to consider a letter case If you selected a search mode without letter case matching not only the case but also elements of the above characters will be ignored for Roman character sets Check the Search at sector offset parameter to search for a given line at a given offset inside the sector m Click OK to begin searching After the search process is finished the current position will be moved to where a line was found or will remain the same if no lines were found You can search for the next line fr
87. Now click to run the online backup task now present only for the current computer Recover click to recover desired files and folders from the Online Storage 101 Copyright Options click to open the Options menu where you can specify all Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup options and settings as well as remove a computer from the Online Storage The Options menu includes the following items What to Back Up select to open the dialog box where you can specify the data to back up and the data you want to exclude from the backup Your selection will be stored in the online backup task So every time you run the task the selected items will be backed up by default You can change your selection any time Schedule select to set online backup task scheduling Settings select to change Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup settings Remove from Online Storage select to remove the computer from the Online Storage and delete all data backed up from that computer The toolbar also shows when the next online backup will run Clicking the corresponding link opens the Scheduler where you can change the online backup schedule The toolbar has a Search field that allows you to search for the file you want to recover To perform search select on the folder tree the partition from which the file was backed up and then enter the file s name or a partial name in the search field with the magnifying glass icon t
88. POST does not reveal a hardware failure enter BIOS and check whether it recognizes your system hard disk drive To enter BIOS press the required key combination Del F1 Ctrl Alt Esc Ctrl Esc or some other depending on your BIOS during the POST sequence Usually the message with the required key combination is displayed during the startup test Pressing this combination takes you to the setup menu Go to the hard disk autodetection utility which usually comes under Standard CMOS Setup or Advanced CMOS setup If the utility does not detect the system drive it has failed and you need to replace the drive If the utility correctly detects your system hard disk drive then the cause of the crash is probably a virus malware or corruption of a system file required for booting If the system drive is healthy try to recover the system using a backup of your system disk or system partition Because Windows does not boot you will have to use Acronis bootable rescue media You will also need to use a system disk backup when recovering the system after replacing the damaged hard disk drive 4 1 2 Preparing for recovery a scan the computer for viruses if you suspect that the crash occurred due to a virus or malware attack b test Acronis bootable rescue media if you have not done this yet For more information see Testing bootable rescue media p 129 c boot from the rescue media and validate the backup you want to use for recovery
89. PS Viewer a Accessories Vee i ri N 2 ss Documents Pictures Music Acronis Web Site Computer Control Panel Devices and Printers Default Programs Help and Support Erraji These menu items allow you to use the main program features tools and utilities without starting Acronis True Image Home 2011 33 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 2 Howto Due to the size of this User s Guide it is sometimes not so easy to find how to perform a particular task This section lists some frequently used tasks and provides links to the appropriate parts of the User s Guide Click the corresponding page number or the link if you are viewing the Help if you need information on how to protect your entire system from a disaster p 122 recover your system when your computer refuses to boot p 68 back up your photos finance documents music home video p 40 continuously protect your daily work p 46 back up your e mail p 43 create a bootable rescue media p 153 select a suitable video mode when booting from your rescue media p 130 make sure that your rescue media can be used when needed p 129 try some changes to your system without risk p 133 create and use the Acronis Secure Zone p 164 recover your old backup to a new hardware migrate the system from one computer to another p 82 clone your disk drive p 171 add and partition a new hard disk p 178 be sure that
90. Restore will use three sources for drivers the removable media the drivers storage folder s specified at this step and the Windows default driver storage folders in the image being recovered The program will find the most suitable of all available drivers and install them into the recovered system 6 Select the system disk at the What to recover step Then specify the destination of the disk being recovered new system disk At this point the program checks whether the destination disk is free If not you will be prompted by the Conformation window stating that the destination disk contains partitions perhaps with useful data To confirm deletion of the partitions click OK 7 Carefully read the summary of operations at the Finish step If you do not want to validate the backup click Proceed Otherwise click Options on the sidebar and select the Validate backup archive before recovery box before clicking Proceed If the capacities of the source backed up disk and the destination disk are different the new disk space will be proportionally distributed between the recovered partitions After successfully recovering the system partition exit Acronis True Image Home 2011 Enter the BIOS make the system hard disk the first boot device and boot to the recovered Windows 85 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 4 9 Acronis Universal Restore 4 9 1 Purpose of Acronis Universal Restore Universal Restore is part o
91. Search Desktop Preferences Desktop Advanced Search Desktop All 0 emails 0 files 2 web history 0 chats 0 other 1 2 of 2 0 01s Remove from Index Sort by relevance Sorted by date Note partial results only 0 complete Index update in progress Indexing is done when your computer is idle accessor inf inside E MyBackup tib bmp Blumon16 Blue Monday 16 brnp Bubbles Soap Bubbles bmp Coffee16 Coffee Bean 16 bmp Coffeebn Coffee Bean bmp Feather FeatherTexture bmp Fidlhead Fiddle Preview tib acronis content E MyBac accessor inf 1 cached 12 35pm Coffee Bean bmp inside E MyBackup tib tib facronis content E MyBackup tib 386 Coffee Bean bmp 12 30pm Internet 145 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 Clicking in the browser window on a line related to the desired file version opens a small dialog with just two options View and Recover A Cannot find server Microsoft Internet Explorer Sec E gt x a A P Search Sip Favorites meda amp na a a Address http 127 0 0 1 4664 search s AoFySigTpUSYG mu2rg7WbakKNHOQ amp q coffee v 5E Links A p l Web Images Groups News Shopping Maps Scholar Desktop more O98 e coffe Acronis True Image Google Desktop Integration RATT Desktop Choose whatto do with the file Desktop All 0 emails r 1 2 of 2 0 015 Index Sort by relevance Sorted by date a View Note
92. StOre cccccsccscsscsscssesssssessssesscsscsscsecsesssesssscsecssesesaeesessessseesens 87 4 10 How to use Acronis Startup Recovery Manager ccccccccccscsececececececececececececececeseeeseseseeeeess 87 4 11 About recovery of dynamic GPT disks and VOIUMES cccssccesseecsseeecssecesseeceeeecsaeeeesseceseeees 88 4 12 Backup protection dialog DOX iorno eeii aiin a aiiai a iaaea iniiis r aaeain 89 4 13 lt Arranging boot order iM BIOSi erena aa ai E EEE aE Ea Ear EEEa e E AaS 89 4 14 Recovery Option Ssnan a E EAE E R TEA EEE RER 4 14 1 Pre Post commands for recovery cssssssssssessscsescssssssesesescseseecscesscsesesssseececseseseeeeesess 4 142 Validation OPtiON anessin niinniin e ai 4 14 3 Computer restart ccceccseesesseseeeseeees 4 14 4 File recovery Options ccccccseseseeeeees 4 14 5 Overwrite file options 4 14 6 Performance of recovery operation 4 14 7 Notifications for recovery operation Using Acronis Online Backups ccccisccesccsccoececcedessccsccedcedsconsscedcoosecsedonsecscconssedeccosscsccoesecsedenses 95 5 1 What is Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup ccccessssccececessesscteaeeeeeeeseessaees 95 5 2 Subscription INFOPMATION s 2 22cccsccdescsenntakesis eiaa ai cdevbaveatnetsasedsetaveatentsa A ia 95 5 3 Backing up to Acronis Online Storage ccecscsessccececeseesesssaecececessesecseaeeeeeeessessaeaeeeeeesseeseaaaas 5 3 1 EOS INTO CHE ONIINE Storie isz sesecc
93. System Report in the Help menu Acronis True Image Home 2011 will automatically collect the required information and display a list of what is collected in the report In the process of creating the report the program may install some components required for collecting the necessary information When the report is complete click Save As and select the desired folder or leave the default My Documents folder The program will archive the report into a zip file Send the file to the Acronis Customer Service Department They will build an iso image of a custom rescue media compatible with your computer hardware and send you an iso file Burn this file to a CD DVD using a program that can handle iso files such as Nero Incidentally this report may also be useful when you request the Acronis Customer Service Department to help you with a problem After burning your custom rescue CD test it to make sure that your hard disk drives and network adapter are now detected in the recovery environment 8 5 Viewing Log The log can provide information for instance about scheduled backup results including reasons for any failures Most Acronis True Image Home 2011 operations write their own entries in the logs though logs are not provided for the Try amp Decide operation image mounting unmounting Acronis Startup Recovery Manager activation deactivation and bootable media creation The logs contain only partial information on Acronis Nonstop Backup operatio
94. This is necessary because there have been user reports that a backup that has been successfully validated in Windows is declared corrupted when being validated in the recovery environment This may be due to the fact that Acronis True Image Home 2011 uses different device drivers in Windows and in the recovery environment If Acronis True Image Home 2011 considers the backup corrupted it will not proceed with recovery 4 1 3 Recovering your system Once you have performed the steps described in Preparing for recovery p 69 begin the system recovery procedure Here we will explain how to recover a corrupted system to the same hard disk System recovery to a replaced hard disk drive will be similar with some minor differences You do not need to format the new disk as this will be done in the process of recovery Attach the external drive containing the backup to be used for recovery and make sure that the drive is powered on This must be done before booting from Acronis rescue media 1 Arrange the boot order in BIOS so as to make your rescue media device CD DVD or USB stick the first boot device See Arranging boot order in BIOS p 89 2 Boot from the rescue media and select Acronis True Image Home 2011 Full version 3 Select My disks below Recover on the Welcome screen 70 Welcome to Acronis True image Home 2010 What would you like to do Backup a Back Up Recovery 5 My Disks Files amp Folders Recover Lo
95. When booted from the rescue media it may also be useful to complete all the steps in the Recovery Wizard right up to the Summary screen but not click the Proceed button This will allow you to simulate the recovery process You will also make sure that Acronis True Image Home 2011 recognizes both the drive containing your backups and the target drive After completing all the Recovery Wizard s steps click Cancel on the Summary screen You may repeat this until you feel sure of your settings and choices 3 Users of the Enterprise and Ultimate editions of Windows 7 can now test whether they will be able to boot from the recovered system partition Acronis True Image Home 2011 allows booting from a tib file containing a system partition image So if you are able to boot from such backup you almost certainly will be able to boot after an actual system recovery from that backup When you choose a tib file to boot from Acronis True Image Home 2011 temporarily converts it to a vhd file Your hard disk must have enough free space for storing it The program will then add a new item to the Windows boot loader list When you select the tib file in the boot loader list your computer will actually boot from that temporary vhd file After ensuring that the tib file will boot you can remove the file from the boot loader list and delete the temporary vhd file 6 5 Trying system changes safely In this section What is Try amp DeCIde cccecccccc
96. a for viruses before recovery To specify commands batch files Select a command to be executed before the recovery process starts in the Before recovery process field To create a new command or select a new batch file click the Edit button Select a command to be executed after the recovery process ends in the After recovery process field To create a new command or select a new batch file click the Edit button 4 14 1 1 Edit user command for recovery You can specify user commands to be executed before or after recovery Inthe Command field type in a command or select it from the list Click to select a batch file Inthe Working directory field type in a path for command execution or select it from the list of previously entered paths Inthe Arguments field enter or select command execution arguments from the list Disabling the Do not perform operations until the command execution is complete parameter enabled by default will permit the recovery process to run concurrently with your command execution The Abort the operation if the user command fails enabled by default parameter will abort the operation if any errors occur in command execution You can test the command you entered by clicking the Test command button 4 14 2 Validation option Validate backup before recovery The preset is disabled Before data is recovered from the backup Acronis True Image Home 2011 can check its integrity If you susp
97. ackup only suspends nonstop backup protection To turn on or change the schedule for the selected backup click the link to the right of Schedule For more information see Scheduling p 139 Search To search for a backed up file you need to recover type the filename or part of its name in the search field on the main menu bar If the search is successful the program will open Acronis Backup Explorer and show the found file and backup s containing the file Menu bar The menu bar on the main screen allows you to choose several major program features The menu bar includes the following items Tools amp Utilities Choose this menu item to open the Tools amp Utilities screen with a list of all Acronis True Image Home 2011 tools and utilities to choose from Try amp Decide Choose this menu item to turn on and off the Acronis Try amp Decide feature and to change the Try amp Decide settings Help Choose this item to open the program s Help go to the Welcome screen generate a system report view the log get customer support check for updates etc 1 3 3 Tools amp Utilities screen This screen allows you to select the tools and utilities provided by Acronis True Image Home 2011 To go to the screen click Tools amp Utilities in the main menu Launch the required tool or utility by clicking the appropriate link For more information see Tools amp Utilities p 151 0 Acronis True Image Home 2011 G ij
98. aken The chosen partitions will be resized if necessary to give space to the Acronis Secure Zone Having selected disks and partitions click Next to proceed to the Size of Acronis Secure Zone p 167 step To increase decrease the size of the Acronis Secure Zone Select the partitions from which space will be used to increase the size of the Acronis Secure Zone or that will receive free space after the size of the Acronis Secure Zone is reduced You can also select partitions with unallocated space Click Next to proceed to the Size of Acronis Secure Zone p 167 step 7 3 3 Selecting partitions Select the partitions from which space will be used to create Acronis Secure Zone You can also select an unallocated space to create the zone m SS Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard fes K Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard Create ASZ Partition content naton gt Disk1 Partition lt F Capac Free Sp Type W A NTFS New Volume E Pri 16 00 GB 15 56 GB NTFS Disk 2 Unallocated 2MB Unallocated Disk3 i a9 16GB New Volume E U 16 00 GB NTFS E Primary Logical Dynamic Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported TE To select a partition Select the appropriate partition check box and click Next 7 3 4 Size of Acronis Secure Zone You can specify the size of the Acronis Secure Zone p Manage Acronis Secure Zone W
99. also recover files and folders by dragging them to your Desktop or into a selected folder in Windows Explorer You cannot recover files by dragging them to an FTP recordable CD DVD or other optical media as well as mounted ISO files Selection rules Check boxes that correspond to the items may be in the following states Selected check mark in square this state indicates that the item is selected for recovery A selected folder means that all items in the folder are selected Cleared clear square this state indicates that the item is not selected Mixed filled square this state is available for folders only and indicates that some items in the folder are selected and the others are not Note that you cannot set the state by clicking the check box but you can change it to a cleared or selected state Selecting a disk partition file or folder to make it the current item in a list does not mean selecting it for recovery V Acronis True Image Home Eam JF L Home gt My system Seardh Piz 1 Acronis 2 Tools amp Utilities Q Try amp Decide e Help v Disks and partitions Files and folders y My system gt August 18 2010 12 15 42 7 P Videos a Name Size Type Date Ji Searches HISTORY TXT 78 KB TXT file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 Ji Saved Games E KEYBOARD TXT 9KB TXT file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 v Ji Pictures E NOBAR 1KB BAR file 01 Jan 07 0 00 00 7 J Music 7
100. am will delete the e mail backup to free up space for the folder backup You can use the Acronis Secure Zone as the storage for virtual system changes in the Try mode The Try amp Decide data will be automatically cleaned up after you stop a Try amp Decide session If the Acronis Secure Zone is used as the Nonstop Backup data destination the program does not clean up such data automatically You can clean up Nonstop Backup data manually For more information see Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage p 48 You can back up data automatically on a schedule see Scheduling p 139 In order to not worry about zone overflow during a scheduled backup it is recommended to select the When not enough space in ASZ delete the oldest backup box in the scheduled backup options Error handling 7 3 2 Acronis Secure Zone location If you are creating the Acronis Secure Zone select a disk and its partition whose space will be used to create Acronis Secure Zone You can also select free or unallocated space of other partitions if these partitions are located on the selected disk Note that the Acronis Secure Zone can be located on basic disks only you cannot create it on dynamic disks and volumes as well as GPT disks To specify a location for the Acronis Secure Zone m Click on a hard disk drive to create the Acronis Secure Zone on On the selected hard disk drive select one or more partitions from which unallocated and or free space will be t
101. am will automatically split the image into several files If you do not have enough space to store the image on your hard disk the program will warn you and wait for your decision as to how you plan to fix the problem You can try to free some additional space and continue or click Back and select another disk When backing up to a CD R RW DVD R RW DVD R RW BD R RE Acronis True Image Home 2011 will ask you to insert a new disk when the previous one is full Alternatively you may select the desired file size from the drop down list The backup will then be split into multiple files of the specified size That comes in handy when backing up to a hard disk with the view to burning the backup to CD R RW DVD R RW DVD R RW or BD R RE later on Creating images directly on CD R RW DVD R RW DVD R RW BD R RE might take considerably more time than it would on a hard disk 3 11 6 Backup validation option You can specify the additional validation setting Validate backup when it is created When this option is enabled the program will check the integrity of the recently created or supplemented backup version immediately after backup When setting up a backup of critical data or a disk partition backup we strongly recommend that you enable this option in oder to ensure that the backup can be used to recover the lost data Regular validation You can also schedule validation of your backups to ensure that they remain healthy By
102. ame opens the file You can recover the file by right clicking on its filename and choosing Recover in a shortcut menu This shortcut menu also enables you to open the file or the parent folder that contains that file When searching files in backups you can type all or part of the filename and use the common Windows wildcard characters For example to find all batch files in the backups type bat Typing my exe will allow you to find all exe files with names consisting of five symbols and starting with my It should be noted that search is case insensitive i e Backup and backup is the same search string When a file is included in several backups and it has been modified the search results will show the number of file versions in the appropriate column Clicking on the number in this column opens the View Versions window where you can select the version you want to recover Please note that Acronis True Image Home 2011 does not search files in encrypted and password protected tib backups nor in the password protected Acronis Secure Zone In addition the program does not search files in zip backups created by Acronis True Image Home 2011 6 7 2 Windows Search and Google Desktop integration Acronis True Image Home 2011 has plug ins for Google Desktop and Windows Search If you use any of these search engines on your computer you can install an appropriate plug in for indexing your backups Indexing will speed up searches i
103. art Acronis True Image Home 2011 without loading the operating system by pressing F11 at boot time before the operating system starts Rescue Media Builder Allows you to create a bootable rescue media with Acronis products or their specified components installed on your computer Acronis Secure Zone Allows you to store your backups in a special safe partition on your disk Boot Sequence Manager Allows you to add Windows 7 system partition images to the booting list and then manage the list One Click Backup Allows you to protect your computer by immediately backing up your system partition and Master Boot Record MBR Disk management utilities Clone disk Use Clone disk wizard if you need to clone your hard disk drive by copying the partitions to another hard disk Add new disk Add new disk wizard helps you to add a new hard disk drive to your computer You will be able to prepare the new hard disk drive by creating and formatting new partitions on this hard disk System clean up utilities Acronis DriveCleanser Acronis DriveCleanser utility provides for secure destruction of data on your hard disk View current state of your disks This link opens an integrated Acronis Disk Editor in read only mode to show you the state of your cleaned up disks or partitions For more information see Disk Editor read only mode p 189 File Shredder With the File Shredder you can quickly select unnecessary files and folders an
104. ased on a comparison with the Computers setting value according to Windows rules If you simply need to delete all local network computer search strings suitable in most cases just leave the default value of this setting To restore the default settings Select the Find Computer List component Make sure the Enable check box is selected Select the Computers setting make sure its text box is clear As a result all computer search strings will be deleted from the registry After entering the Computers setting value you can browse the search strings found by the System Clean up Wizard in the registry To do so click Show Computers You will see the window with full and partial computer names searched for in the network These items will be deleted Commands setting Here you can select the commands to remove during Windows Run List clean up This template can contain any command names or their parts separated by semicolons e g help cmd reg This will result in removing commands with names corresponding to or containing any of the names or parts of names you entered IE System Clean up Sa You can view and change the current settings for the selected item amp Show Commands x a2 System Clean up s f System Components You can see a list of the commands to be removed from Recycle Bin the list according to your mask PA Temporary file Hard Disk Free Space gt D Recently Used Docum Sear
105. at the operating system continues working as the imaging process is under way The Acronis driver also continues to keep the point in time view of the partition Whenever the driver sees a write operation directed at the partition it checks whether these sectors are already backed up If they are not the driver saves the data on the sectors to be overwritten to a special buffer Overwriting will then proceed All of the partition sectors of the point in time will be backed up intact and an exact image of the partition will be created Backup file format Acronis True Image Home 2011 usually saves backup data in the proprietary tib format using compression This reduces the amount of needed storage space It also allows for backward compatibility with the previous Acronis True Image Home 2011 version When creating a tib file the program calculates checksum values for data blocks and adds these values to the data being backed up These checksum values allow for the verification of data integrity The data from tib file backups can be recovered only through the Acronis True Image Home 2011 program This may be done in a Windows or in the recovery environment However Acronis True Image Home 2011 is also able to save data in the well known zip format This allows you to retrieve files from backups anywhere without using Acronis True Image Home 2011 For example you can back up files to a USB stick and retrieve files from such backups on
106. ave the equal priority with other processes High the backup or recovery process will run faster but the performance of other programs will be reduced Be aware that selecting this option may result in 100 CPU usage by Acronis True Image Home 2011 4 14 7 Notifications for recovery operation Sometimes a backup or recovery procedure can last an hour or longer Acronis True Image Home 2011 can notify you when it is finished via e mail The program can also duplicate messages issued during the operation or send you the full operation log after operation completion By default all notifications are disabled Free disk space threshold You may want to be notified when the free space on the backup storage becomes less than the specified threshold value If after starting a backup Acronis True Image Home 2011 finds out that the free space in the selected backup location is already less than the specified value the program will not begin the actual backup process and will immediately inform you by displaying an appropriate message The message offers you three choices to ignore it and proceed with the backup to browse for another location for the backup or to cancel the backup If the free space becomes less than the specified value while the backup is being run the program will display the same message and you will have to make the same decisions To set the free disk space threshold Select the Show notification message on insufficien
107. backup versions for every day of the last month Required storage space depends on the number of versions and their sizes 3 11 1 3 Custom scheme Acronis True Image Home 2011 also allows you to create your own backup scheme The scheme can be based on creating full differential or incremental backup versions So first of all select one of the backup methods in the appropriate box Full p 36 Select this method if you want to create only full backup versions Differential p 36 Select this method if you want to create backup chains containing only full and differential backup versions You can configure the scheme by using one of the following options Create only differential versions after the initial full version select this item to create only one backup version chain Automatic cleanup is not available for this option Create a full version after every n differential versions select this item to create several backup version chains This is a more reliable but more space consuming backup scheme Incremental p 36 Select this method if you want to create backup chains containing only full and incremental backup versions You can configure the scheme by using one of the following options Create only incremental versions after the initial full version select this item to create only one backup version chain Automatic cleanup is not available for this option Create a full version after every n i
108. balloon with information about the update or software With check points you can check the changes to your system and recover the system to a specific backed up state USB 3 0 support Acronis True Image Home 2011 supports the new USB 3 0 standard If your motherboard can work with USB 3 0 hard disk drives you can use the high data transfer speed offered by the new standard to make your backups run much faster Enhanced Acronis Nonstop Backup Now you can use Acronis Nonstop Backup for protecting both partitions and individual files and folders Protection of individual folders by Acronis Nonstop Backup usually requires much less storage space In addition the current version of Acronis True Image Home 2011 allows you to use the Acronis Secure Zone as Nonstop Backup storage This may be desirable for notebook users with a single hard disk drive Automatic update notification By default Acronis True Image Home 2011 will automatically inquire about the availability of a program update at every program start When an update is available Acronis True Image Home 2011 will offer to download and install it You can also check for availability of updates manually through the Help menu New Backup Explorer Now you can use the Acronis Backup Explorer s time line for exploring not only Acronis Nonstop Backup and Acronis Online Backup contents but contents of all other backups as well Clicking My backups in the main window will show al
109. before clicking the Acronis System Report icon The generated report will be saved on the USB flash drive To place the Acronis System Report tool on a bootable rescue media Select the Acronis System Report check box on the Rescue Media Content Selection page of the Acronis Media Builder wizard m Click Next to continue 8 3 Acronis Smart Error Reporting To help users with troubleshooting the new releases of Acronis products employ the so called Acronis Smart Error Reporting When an issue is caused by an error in the program s operation Acronis True Image Home 2011 displays an appropriate error message The error message contains an event code and a short description of the error sometimes with a possible solution for instance Check the disk and file system for errors and try to repeat the operation Event Code 0x000101F6 The error message may also include the program module where the error has occurred and the error message from the module You can view more detailed information about the error by clicking the More details link in the message box The detailed information may look like as is shown on the following screen shot Error e Error while opening script file More information about this error and solutions may be available online in the Acronis Knowledge Base To access the online resource manually enter the event code at http kb acronis com errorcode Event code Less details Knowledge Base
110. can also save a log entry to file by selecting Save To save all logs to file select Save all The three buttons to the right control event filters the white cross in the red circle filters error events the exclamation mark in a yellow triangle filters warnings and the i in the blue circle filters information message events 8 6 Acronis Customer Experience Program Acronis Customer Experience Program CEP is a new way to allow Acronis customers to contribute to the features design and development of Acronis products This program enables our customers to provide us with various information including information about the hardware configuration of your host computer and or virtual machines the features you use most and least and the nature of the problems you face Based on this information we will be able to improve the Acronis products and the features you use most often If you choose to participate the technical information will be automatically collected every 90 days We will not collect any personal data like your name address phone number or keyboard input Participation in the CEP is voluntary however but the end results intended to provide software improvements and enhanced functionality to better meet the needs of our customers Note that you will be able to leave the program any time Click the Learn more link to read the participation terms To make a decision Choose Yes want to participate in the program
111. ccsccsesscsscssesecssesessesscsscsesessscsessssacsecsecsessessessesaessesssseseeesesaussessseaseeeens 6 2 3 Deciding how often to back UP sssicecsesscssccrecserdavcvesteveiieinsotvasieeaceabndvadsd E a i A Ei 6 3 Testing bootable rescue media cccccccccecesssssnseceeececessesssaeseeeescesseaaaeeeseessesseasaeseeeesseeseaaeas 6 3 1 Selecting video mode when booting from the rescue media 6 4 Testing that your backups can be used fOr FOCOVETY ccccccccccecsssssssseeeeeeeseesesteaeeeesessesseaees 6 5 Trying system changes safely 6 51 Whats T amp S DECIdE miseire a a a a a a a e n 6 5 2 Starting the Ty MOS is istiscascoecdecotetiassdecsslevsastanddtcns ade a a a a a AAE 6 5 3 Stopping the Try MOM Eierne n ERE TEE a AES EENEN EESTE NASN A 6 5 4 Try amp Decide options and notifications e sssessesesesesesesesseststsrsrsrererenesesesrnrasasisisrsrarsrenenesesesennasanesrsrsrsrsee 6 5 5 Try amp Decide typical use cases ccsseseescssessessessessessssesscsscsecsessessecsecasseesessessessesaucaessesessesoeenesaessesseeaseasenees 6 6 Scheduling serene a E a a A i eee aa 6 6 1 Daily execution PArAMEtELS ccsccsccssesccscsscseesscsssssesssssssesscssesessessessssscsscssesecsessesausaesscsssaesoessesauesessesaseeeers 6 6 2 Weekly execution parameters cccccccsccscssessesssssesessssscsscsscessessecsesssssesecsesseesecsucaesseeecseseeesesaesseeaeeaseasenees 6 6 3 Monthly exe ti n parameters a a r a 6 6 4 U
112. cdeasesedarsededes codeine e da iveded invaded alte ekolae deed EEE E 5 33 27 COMPUTER SCISCTION ces secscoee dice cosscbtvercetcascvbunconcesredesredustonbentendes cvslutsdedvesesursuadlascserevteeden 5 3 3 Setting up online backup for a NEW COMPUTET cccccceseteesseseeseesesecseeeeseessesesseeees 5 3 4 Malin WINDOW 3 icc cscaccvcdvcccsectvccescnvag csstebesachedesiesesdecestcnesservegutucdarsetessicsiavevcdtubesectuedettests 5 3 5 Online backup task creation 008 5 3 6 Online Backup SettingS ccceeeeeees 5 4 Recovery from Online Storage 5 4 1 Recovering data from Online Storage cccccssesssssescsscsscsscsscsesseesesssssessessesesssssessussesscsssseseessesaussessssaseeeess 5 4 2 Selecting aversion TO PECOVER esrin insi tieta REAR E EE ATAN E R N 5 4 3 Recovery operation progress cscesccsscssccsecssssecssecsscsssesecesessecssseeceseseesesseseseaecseseeseesesesaesesseseseneseeseeseas 5 5 Removing data from Online Storage cccccessssccececsssessaececeeseessesnsaeeeseessessessaeeeesesseeseaaeas 5 6 E a Eo E T E E E E E E USsetuliinformation sssrinin isn iain AEE EA EENE E N a 6 1 Protecting your SYStEM AN datai psn eee e a a an aaa 6 2 Preparing for backups iieii pnei nr aa oh devs Seika aie da ves e i aa ai 6 2 1 Deciding where to store your DACKUPS cccsscsssssescssesscsscesesesssesesssssesscsscsecsessscsessesseseseeseeesesaessessesasseeets 6 2 2 Deciding what data to DaCK UP cccc
113. ch is completed 1 items found Show Commands 4 Q Windows Run List item Windows Run is tz Commands t cs Opened Saved Files Hi Windows remembers the programs that you have executed amp User Credentials and run Here you can clean up Windows Prefetch Dir this list 10 1 176 72 Network places filter Here you can enter separated by semicolons any hostnames or IP addresses of network places servers FTP servers network shares etc to which you have made connection by supplying network credentials a user name and password While entering hostnames and IP addresses you can use and wildcards Click Show network places to view the list of network places that you visited using the credentials you want to delete 7 6 3 4 Preview When the scanning is finished its results will be available in the upper part of the wizard window By default all system components are scanned for clean up If you want to customize which of the system components should be scanned and which should not change the default clean up settings You can view the search results and manually select unselect the items you wish to clean up keep In order to help you with making the right choice all the components are provided with brief descriptions Just click on the component s name and its description will be displayed in the right side of the window To select unselect a component Expand the System Components item in
114. ckup file of your system partition much smaller and recovery easier The smaller the backup file the less chance it will be corrupted and the less time required to recover your system 3 If you store your data documents videos photos etc on a non system disk e g using the arrangement described in item 2 it needs to be backed up too You can either back up the folders containing your data or create a data disk image Remember that the imaging procedure is much faster than copying files It could speed up the backup process significantly when backing up large volumes of data If the image file becomes corrupted for some reason it is sometimes possible to mount the image You may be able to save most files and folders by copying them from the mounted image using Windows Explorer 4 Because recovery of your system after a crash in most cases will be done after booting from the rescue media you must create the rescue media see Creating bootable rescue media p 153 and then test it as described in Testing bootable rescue media p 129 Backing up your system partition If you want to use your external drive for storing the backup attach and power it on before starting Acronis True Image Home 2011 1 Start Acronis True Image Home 2011 and then click Disk and partition backup in the main window 2 Disk and partition backup More features Protect your cornputer from a daaster file backup E Emal backup Nonstop Back
115. command fails unselect the Abort the operation if the user command fails box selected by default You can test execution of the command you created by clicking Test command 5 3 6 8 Acronis Customer Experience Program Acronis Customer Experience Program CEP is a new way to allow Acronis customers to contribute to the features design and development of Acronis products This program enables our customers to provide us with various information including information about the hardware configuration of your host computer the features you use most and least and the nature of the problems you face Based on this information we will be able to improve the Acronis products and the features you use most often If you choose to participate the technical information will be automatically collected every 90 days We will not collect any personal data like your name address phone number or keyboard input Participation in the CEP is voluntary however the end results are intended to provide software improvements and enhanced functionality to better meet the needs of our customers cane a Online backup options Reset al to defaut S2 Reset the curent to defadt Connection attempts A Customer Experience Program Storage connecton speed Jon the Customer Experience Program and help morove the quality reksbitty and performance of Acror s software and services Storage cleanup If you choose to participate Acronis wit Collect a
116. commend that you place the drivers on a separate USB hard disk USB flash stick or on a network share After successfully recovering the system partition boot to the recovered Windows During the first booting Windows will display numerous Found new hardware pop up messages and will then ask you to reboot the computer If you use Acronis Universal Restore for recovering a backup of multiboot configuration with two or more editions of Windows the most critical drivers will be replaced for all Windows installations Recovering your system with the help of Acronis Universal Restore under rescue media In most cases it is preferable to use your bootable media for system recovery The rescue media must include Acronis Universal Restore add on Therefore you need to re create bootable media after installing the Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack Make your rescue media the first boot device in BIOS See Arranging boot order in BIOS p 89 Boot from the rescue media and select Acronis True Image Home 2011 Full version Click the My Disks link below Recover on the Welcome screen to start the Recovery Wizard Then choose the image of the system disk for recovery Since drive letters in the standalone Acronis True Image Home 2011 may differ from the way Windows identifies drives you may need to specify the path to the image file Click Browse and select the disk and folder that stores the image 4 Choose Recover whole disks and partitio
117. cronis True Image Home 2011 If you do not have Google Desktop it can be downloaded for free from Google s Web site Click http desktop google com and follow the instructions for download and installation To enable using Google Desktop for searching files in Acronis backups 1 To install the plug in click the down arrow to the right of the Search field at the upper right corner of the main program window Then choose Search options in the drop down menu and select the Google Desktop check box The following window appears Third Party Plug in Installation A Google has not tested or verified the features or security of this third party Plug in Please confirm that you want to install Acronis Indexer Description Acronis Backups 2 Click OK to start plug in installation One more confirmation window may appear In this case click OK to finish the installation Third Party Plug in Installation Google has not tested or verified the features or security of this third party Plug in Please confirm that you want to install Acronis plug in hy Google Desktop Search Description Plug in for search in backup contents Note This Plug in is requesting to use Google Desktop s Advanced APIs which allow access to information stored on the local hard drive Learn more http desktop google com dev advancedapi html 3 Verify that the plug in is installed Right click on the Google Desktop icon in your system tray and select Opt
118. ct Later in the drop down list The backup where you have made the settings will run according to the schedule You can also start the backup manually later on the main screen Note that if you configure a scheduled e mail backup you will have to specify your Windows account name and password This is done for confidentiality reasons The program will back up only the e mail messages and settings related to the specified account E mail data of all other accounts will not be backed up 3 6 Using Acronis Nonstop Backup Acronis Nonstop Backup provides easy protection of your disks and files It allows you to recover entire disks individual files and their different versions The main purpose of Acronis Nonstop Backup is continuous protection of your data files folders contacts etc though you can use it to protect partitions as well If you choose to protect an entire partition you will be able to recover the partition as a whole using the image recovery procedure You cannot use Acronis Nonstop Backup for protecting data on external hard drives How it works Once you start Acronis Nonstop Backup the program will perform an initial full backup of the data selected for protection Acronis Nonstop Backup will then save changes in the protected files including open ones every five minutes so that you will be able to recover your system to an exact point in time Usually the different states of the protected data will be backed
119. cts winfamily desktopsearch choose windowssearch4 m spx tab Install 20It Double click on the downloaded file and follow the instructions for installation Windows Search does not support indexing of zip files content 1 To register the plug in click the down arrow to the right of the Search field at the upper right corner of the main program window Then choose Search options in the drop down menu and select the Windows Search check box 2 You can verify that the tib files indexing support is enabled Right click on the Windows Search icon in your system tray and select Windows Desktop Search Options in the context menu The a1 147 following window appears Make sure that the tib item is present in the Included Locations list To open the Indexing Options window in Windows Vista or Windows 7 open the Control Panel and then double click the Indexing Options icon The Windows Vista and Windows 7 indexing options have some differences in content and appearance though most of the following information is applicable to those operating systems as well Indexing Options 31 986 items indexed Indexing complete Index these locations Included Locations Exclude S Local Disk C Application Data Default User H Microsoft Outlook Express M tib 4s 1 5 21 1645522239 Modify Advanced Close Click Advanced select the File Types tab and then make sure that the tib extension is sel
120. d Choosing Apply changes will allow you to keep the changes made to the system and choosing Discard changes will return your system to the state it was in before turning on the Try amp Decide Choosing Apply changes with reboot will speed up applying the changes Limitations in using Try amp Decide You can leave the Try amp Decide turned on as long as you like maybe days on end however in such case applying changes may take a long time If you use Windows Vista or Windows 7 please be aware that in the Try mode the program may use free disk space quite intensively even when your computer is idle This is due to housekeeping activities such as indexing that run in the background Please note that while working in the Try mode you will experience slowing down of the system performance Furthermore the process of applying changes could take considerable time Please be aware that Try amp Decide cannot track changes in disk partitions so you will be unable to use the Try mode for virtual operations with partitions such as resizing partitions or changing their layout In addition you must not use the Try amp Decide and disk defragmentation or disk error checking utilities at the same time because this can irreparably corrupt the file system as well as make the system disk unbootable When the Try mode is started you won t be able to use the previously activated Acronis Startup Recovery Manager Rebooting the computer in the Try mode wil
121. d destroy them permanently System Clean up With the System Clean up utility you can clean up components folders files registry sections etc related to general system tasks These Windows components retain evidence of user PC activity so they too should be thoroughly wiped to maintain confidentiality Mounting tools Mount image With this tool you can explore a previously created image You will be able to assign temporary drive letters to the partition images and easily access these images as ordinary logical drives Unmount image With this tool you can unmount the temporary logical drives you have created to explore an image Conversion tools Convert Acronis backup to Windows backup Use the feature to convert a backup file format from tib to vhd The vhd files can be used for example in Windows Vista and Windows 7 operating systems for mounting disk images without using Acronis True Image Home 2011 Convert Windows backup to Acronis backup Use the feature to convert a backup file format from vhd to tib The latter is the native file format of Acronis backups Backup settings transfer tools Import backup settings Allows you to get backup settings from another computer Export backup settings Allows you to copy the settings of your backups and move them to another computer 7 1 Acronis Startup Recovery Manager 7 1 1 How it works The Acronis Startup Recovery Manager lets you start Acronis True Image
122. d of the File name line add date the backup creation date will be added add time the backup creation time will be added add user name the current user name will be added add machine name the computer name will be added add task name the name of the task that includes the backup will be added add task run number the sequence number of the task run will be added Click Disk backup options to set the options for the backup being configured For example when your data disk contains sensitive information you may want to protect the information by encryption You can also choose to validate the backup immediately after its creation though it can be done later For more information see Backup options p 52 When you set up the backup as needed you can run it immediately by clicking the Back up now button If you want to run the backup later or on a schedule click the down arrow to the right of the Back up now button and select Later in the drop down list to save the settings you have made 3 4 Backing up files and folders To back up files and or folders click File backup on the main screen This will open the File Backup window File Backup I Configure file backup process E Computer 5 Name Desktop D en us kdb adm B Shared Ea E My Documents amp Floppy Disk Drive A E amp Local Disk C E J PerfLogs E r Program Files J Acronis J Common Files J DrWeb DVD Maker 1
123. d speeds up image creation and recovery However you can still use the Back up sector by sector option that lets you include all of the sectors of a hard disk in an image A partition image includes all files and folders including hidden and system files boot record and FAT file allocation table It also includes files in the root directory and the zero track of the hard disk with the master boot record MBR A disk image includes images of all disk partitions and the zero track with the master boot record MBR By default files in all Acronis True Image Home 2011 backups have a tib extension This extension should not be changed It is important to note that you can recover files and folders from both file backups and from disk partition images To do so mount the image as a virtual disk see Mounting an image p 200 or use Acronis Backup Explorer to select the files and or folders you need to recover from the disk partition backup 3 2 Full incremental and differential backups Acronis True Image Home 2011 offers you three backup methods 1 Full contains all of the data at the moment of the backup creation It forms a base for further incremental or differential backups It can also be used as a standalone backup 2 Incremental Only those files will be included which have been changed since the LAST backup 3 Differential Only those files will be included which have been changed since the last FULL backup We sug
124. d their content In this section SEARCHING arsenide aeaee eee ea aA a REEN 142 Windows Search and Google Desktop integration ccscccessseeeeees 143 6 7 1 Searching In addition to the ability to explore backups Acronis True Image Home 2011 provides search for files in your backups Enter a search string into the Search field at the top right of the Acronis True Image Home 2011 window You will be taken to the Acronis Backup Explorer screen The program shows search results on the Files and folders tab 8 Acronis True Image Home bee Ohad Q Home Search results Acronis a 1 Acronis 2 Tools amp Utilities Try amp Decide e Help Disks and p Files and folders My backups gt Search result 86 items Name Size Date modified Folder Ver Backup name C fa Convert Acronis backup Ink 2 KB 18 Aug 10 11 02 07 C ProgramData Microsoft Windows Start i Partition C a Convert Acronis backup Ink 2 KB 18 Aug 10 11 02 07 C ProgramData Microsoft Windows Start i Partition_C 1 P Convert Acronis backup Ink 2 KB 18 Aug 10 11 02 07 C AProgramData Microsoft Windows Start 1 Partition_C V a Convert Acronis backup Ink 2 KB 18 Aug 10 11 02 07 C ProgramData Microsoft Windows Start 5 My_system 2 V fa Convert Acronis backup Ink 2 KB 18 Aug 10 11 02 07 C ProgramData Microsoft Windows Start 1 My system AcronisTibUrlHandler exe 649 KB 17 Aug 10 18 39 24 C Pro
125. data to its original location or choose a new one if necessary To choose a new location click the Browse button 3 When you choose a new location the selected items will be recovered by default without recovering the original absolute path You may also wish to recover the items with their entire folder hierarchy In this case select the Recover absolute path check box 4 When needed set the options for the recovery process recovery process priority file level security settings etc To set the options click the File recovery options link The options you set here will be applied only to the current recovery operation To start the recovery process click the Recover now button The recovery progress will be shown in a special window You can stop the recovery by clicking Cancel Please keep in mind that the aborted recovery may still cause changes in the destination folder How to recover mail application settings and system state This refers to recovering data from your E mail backups Application settings and system state can be recovered only from old backups created by an earlier Acronis True Image Home 2011 version for instance Acronis True Image Home 2011 2010 Let s see how you can recover data from e mail application settings and system state backups 1 Select a required backup version in the Acronis Backup Explorer and click Recover to start recovery This will open the File Recovery window File Recovery
126. de by updates Should you find any kind of incompatibility you can easily revert your system to the initial state which was not changed when the update was applied Because of this you can safely install system updates when they appear When Windows Update informs you that updates for the system and Microsoft applications are ready for installation turn on the Try amp Decide and then proceed to install the updates If you encounter any sort of problem discard the changes and leave your real operating system and applications untouched You can leave the Try amp Decide turned on as long as you like since this mode survives across reboots of your operating system When your computer reboots for whatever reason while working in the Try mode before booting of the operating system starts you will be shown a dialog offering you two choices stop the mode and discard changes or continue working in the mode This will allow you to discard the changes that have resulted in a system crash On the other hand if you reboot for example after installing an application you can continue working in the Try mode after starting Windows Continue in the mode Acronis Try amp Decide Tum Of Computar The moment comes eventually when you decide to turn the mode off After clicking the Try amp Decide icon the program will show a dialog where you should decide what to do with the changes to your system made in the Try mode apply or discar
127. default regular validation is turned on with the following settings Frequency once a month Day the date when the backup was started Time the moment of backup start plus 15 minutes Advanced settings the Run the validation only when the computer is idle check box is selected Example You start a backup operation on July 15 at 12 00 The backup version is created at 12 05 Its validation will run at 12 15 if your computer is in the screen saver state at the moment If not then the validation will not run In a month August 15 at 12 15 the validation will start again As before your computer must be in the screen saver state The same will occur on September 15 and so on You can change the default settings and specify your own schedule This may be useful if you set a custom backup scheme with incremental backups For example you may want to schedule validation of all backup versions the initial full backup version and subsequent incremental backup versions once a week For more information see Scheduling p 139 3 11 7 Backup reserve copy You can create reserve copies of your backups and save them on the file system a network drive or a USB flash drive To make a reserve copy Select the Create a reserve copy of my backups check box Click Set location and specify a location for the backup copies Choose one of the reserving methods duplicate the backups as tib files make reserve copies as
128. describing the details of your subscription plan and expiration date Trial subscription If you would like first to try the Acronis Online Backup service Acronis offers a 1 month free trial subscription to Acronis Online Backup service You will have 2 GB of storage space for the trial period Be aware that after the trial period is over you won t be able to use the Online Backup service and all your data on the Online Storage will be deleted If you like Acronis Online Backup service you can go to the subscription Web page and select a suitable subscription plan To change your tariff renew the subscription or unsubscribe go to the same subscription Web page 5 3 Backing up to Acronis Online Storage In this section Log in to the online storage cccecessesssseceeeeecesseseaececeessessenssaeeeeeeeseesees 96 Computer SEISCTION c cccccecessssssseseeeeecesseseeaeeeeecssesseuaeceeecssseseneseeneeess 97 Setting up online backup for a NEW computer scccccecessssssteeeeeeees 99 Man WIN COW aeara EA TT OEA AO 101 Online backup task creation cccsccccccecessssssseeeeeeecessessaeeeeeeseesssssaeees 102 Online Backup S ttingS ccccccsssscecececessessaeeeeeeecessesssaeeeeeessessesaaeess 109 5 3 1 Log in to the online storage To use the Acronis Online Storage you must first subscribe to the Online Backup service To do this Click Subscribe to Online Backup service When the Web page opens fol
129. dexed Locations Show only ail E mail Document Picture Music Other Advanced Search a Location 4 Indexed Locations Name myback x 3 5 2008 Tags Add atag Size KB x Authors Add an author W Save Search lp Search Tools ig Burn ENEI A Name Date modified Type Folder Ma E i MyBackup 3 5 2008 1 25 PM Acronis True Imag Desktop C Users Pictures Did you find what you were searching for Music Advanced Search Recently Changed Searches Public Folders Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 Windows Vista Search results 6 8 Choosing columns for viewing in wizards You can change the way the columns are represented in various wizards To sort items by a particular column click the header another click will switch the items to the opposite order To select columns to view right click in the right pane and select Choose Columns in the shortcut menu Then flag the columns you want to display You can also change the display order of columns using the Move Up and Move Down buttons You can change the width of a column by dragging its borders with the mouse 7 Tools amp Utilities Acronis Tools amp Utilities include Protection tools Conversion tools Disk management utilities Security and privacy utilities Mounting tools and Backup settings transfer tools Protection tools Acronis Startup Recovery Manager Allows you to st
130. disk in search of the deleted file or folder entries it will present you the deleted entries it has found if any and offer you the opportunity to save whatever it can recover There is always a chance that you might pick the wrong file and while recovering it the utility may overwrite the very file you are trying to recover If not for the Try amp Decide this error would be fatal and the file would be lost irretrievably But now you can just discard the changes made in the Try mode and make one more attempt to recover the files after turning on the Try mode again Such attempts may be repeated until you are sure that you have done your best in trying to recover the files Software uninstalling It is well known that the Add or Remove Programs component of the Windows Control Panel cannot give a complete guarantee of cleanly uninstalling applications This is because most applications do not provide enough information for it to be able to uninstall them without a trace So almost every time you install a trial program and then remove it you have some garbage left on your computer and after a while Windows may get slower Even use of special uninstaller utilities cannot guarantee complete uninstallation The Try amp Decide feature however will ensure complete and perfect uninstallation of any software quickly and easily Here s how Turn on the Try mode Install the software application you want to evaluate Try using the application
131. disk number and capacity You can simultaneously select several partitions located on different hard disk drives or on several disks as well as unallocated space on disks Click Next to continue 184 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 If the disks and or partitions you have selected include the system disk or partition you will see a warning window Pe gt Acronis DriveCleanser o ex amp Acronis DriveCleanser Required steps Select drives and partitions with data to erase Source selection V Algorithm selection eR X Finish 16GB S G U 3 15 96 GB NTFS Seed g 16GB N U Ve 16GB N U Optional steps Post wiping actions oO Primary Logical Dynamic E Acronis Secure Zone F Unallocated Unsupported w Next gt Cancel Be careful because clicking OK in this warning window and then Proceed in the Summary window will result in wiping the system partition containing your Windows operating system 7 6 1 2 Algorithm selection Acronis DriveCleanser utilizes a number of the most popular data destruction algorithms Select the desired algorithm from the drop down list The data destruction methods are described in detail in Hard Disk Wiping Methods p 198 of this guide Acronis DriveCleanser ba oS E Acronis DriveCleanser z Algorithm selection To specify a data destruction method select a predefined method from the list A description of t
132. e Home 2011 cceeeseeeeeeeseesseseseeeeeeeees 16 Upgrading Acronis True Image Home 2011 ccccccccceeesssssseeceeeeesessees 16 Removing Acronis True Image Home 2011 ecceeeeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeees 16 1 2 1 Installing Acronis True Image Home 2011 To install Acronis True Image Home 2011 Run the Acronis True Image Home 2011 setup file Before installation you can check for a newer Acronis True Image Home 2011 build on the Acronis Web site If available the newer version will be offered for installation In the Install Menu select the program to install Acronis True Image Home 2011 Follow the install wizard instructions on the screen WWW ACRONIS COM data on this computer A Install Acronis True Image Home Install Acronis True Image Home to back up and recover There are no new versions for Acronis True Image Home RBS Click to eck again Acronis True Image Hom Be e User s Guide n of Acronis True Image Home user s Acronis True Image gine Support Home 2011 Contact Acronis technical support service Z Typical Custom and Complete installation is available By pressing Custom you can choose not to install Rescue Media Builder With Rescue Media Builder you can create bootable rescue disks see details in Creating bootable rescue media p 153 You might not need this tool if you purchased a boxed product that contains a bootable CD Installing the Bootable Rescue M
133. e Search removable media for device drivers box If some drivers are stored on a local hard disk or a network share click Add custom driver locations Then browse to the driver s location After you finish specifying the drivers locations click OK Acronis Universal Restore does not support search for drivers on FTP servers In most cases Acronis Universal Restore will use three sources for drivers the removable media the drivers storage location s specified at this step and the Windows default driver storage folders in the image being recovered The program will find the most suitable of all available drivers and install them into the recovered system To start recovery click the Recover button When a warning appears that you need to reboot the computer to continue the operation click Reboot to continue During recovery the program may be unable to find some driver s in the specified sources and will display an error message s In this case you can click Ignore to continue recovery or click Cancel to cancel the process and then try to find the required driver You can then continue with the recovery process Acronis Universal Restore patches the registry and installs the new drivers after the system is recovered Therefore make sure that the driver location will still be available For example do not specify the search path for the drivers on the same disk to which you are recovering the backup We re
134. e a backup version please remember that this version may have dependent versions In this case the dependent versions will be deleted as well because data recovery from such versions becomes impossible If you delete a full backup version the program will also delete all subsequent incremental and differential versions till the next full version If you delete an incremental backup version or a differential backup version the program will also delete all subsequent incremental versions till the next full or differential version 3 3 Backing up partitions and disks The image backup is made as easy as ABC a Select a partition to back up by selecting its check box If the disk has several partitions and you want to back up the whole disk click Switch to disk mode and then select the disk s check box To return to the partition selection click Switch to partition mode b Select a destination for backup you can leave the default destination or browse for a destination after clicking the down arrow to the right of the current destination and selecting Browse c Click Back up now Of course you can also schedule the backup change the default backup options exclude files and folders from backup To configure the backup click the appropriate links Partition disk mode switcher Allows you to select partitions or whole disks z Configure disk backup process v System Reserved 7 S What to back u
135. e aware that built in support of zip files in Windows does not cover operations with multivolume zip archives and zip archives exceeding 4GB in size or which contain files of more than 4 GB each Also remember that CD DVDs are not supported as locations for reserve copies 3 8 Backup to various places Acronis True Image Home 2011 offers you flexibility in choosing destinations for your backups You can save full incremental and differential backup versions to different places including a network share CD DVD USB stick as well as any local internal or external hard drive You can save backup versions to different destinations by changing the backup destination when editing the settings of a selected backup For example after you save the initial full backup to an external USB hard drive you can change the backup destination to a USB stick by editing the backup settings The subsequent incremental or differential backups will be written to the USB stick You cannot use Acronis Secure Zone as one of the places for storing a part of backup versions belonging to the same backup chain because such backup versions may be automatically deleted during automatic backup consolidation in Acronis Secure Zone As a result the backup chain will be corrupted In addition the feature does not work with FTP servers One more useful aspect of this feature is the ability to split backups on the fly Suppose you perform a backup to a hard disk and in
136. e backup operation After that a new backup box will appear in the My backups list and will show the backup progress When the process is complete the backup is created Now your data is protected and can be recovered in case of disaster The Acronis True Image Home 2011 2011 Online Backup application will start if you select a backup to online storage After the application starts login to your Online Backup account or register a new account To register the account click the Subscribe to Online Backup service link 1 3 2 Main screen Starting Acronis True Image Home 2011 takes you to the main screen This screen provides quick access to practically all of the program s functionality If you have not created any backups yet the program will offer to create a new backup with Acronis One Click Backup tool or manually If you have at least one backup the screen will display the list of your backups Navigation field Search Use to switch between the Use to search for backups Help button program screens and backups and backup contents Opens Help menu J oci amp Utiles Qty Adee Help Add backups z Disk and partition backup More features 7 ret ter fror aste Add backups iF File bectup Use to create new Nonstop Backup E mad backup and add existing ect partons backups a Browse for backup Online Backup My backups link My backups Click to explore all your backups My system amp Recover 3 26 G8 12 Aug 10 s E My
137. e cent to defadt Connection atterrots w Connection attempts Storage connection speed Spedfy the urbe of and tine riterva between comection attempts Number of attempts 10 Storage Chearup Tine interval between attempt 30 Proxy settings Backup pricety Emal notification Pre Post commands Customer Experience Program 5 3 6 2 Storage connection speed You can reduce the influence of the online storage connection on other network connections of your computer Set the connection speed that will allow you to send e mail or surf the Web without annoying slowdowns while online backup is running To do so Select the Limit transfer rate to check box and specify an optimal value and an appropriate measure kilobits or megabits per second You Can set transfer rate for the data being backed up to the Onine storage Unit arster rate to 4 W Mops gt 5 3 6 3 Storage cleanup You can configure the cleanup settings for the Online storage to optimize usage of its space To set the limits for the amount of versions in the Online storage Select the Delete versions that are older than check box and enter a value that limits the maximum age of the older versions All other versions will be automatically deleted except the most recent versions Select the Store no more than recent versions check box and enter a value that limits the maximum number of all versions in the storage N L VT A Reset al to data lt Reset t
138. e contents for shredding to avoid the loss of necessary data Having selected the contents for shredding click Next to continue E File Shredder Wizard gt File Shredder Wizard Select files and folders to shred File selection ats Delete WD Create new folder m My Computer Name Date Type ja gt Ele Floppy Disk Drive A a d LANGUAGE 3 11 2010 1 File folder 4 a amp Local Disk C V CABRK DLL 1 1 2007 6 5 Application exter gt A p SRecycle Bin V CGLPT9X VXD 1 1 2007 6 5 Virtual device dri Sa p Documents and Setting V 2 CGLPTNT SYS 1 1 2007 6 5 System file E B PerfLogs WI _ DEFAULT BAR 1 1 2007 0 0 BAR File t n V _ default brl 3 11 2010 1 BR1 File 7 D oe Program Files kay V _ description 1 1 2007 6 5 ION File p ial ProgramData lay pa V FRERES32 DLL 1 1 2007 6 5 Application exter D op ProgramDataTechSmith V _ HISTORY 1 1 2007 6 5 Text Document gm Recovery a 4 V _ KEYBOARD 1 1 2007 6 5 Text Document EEN System Volume Inform no gar 1 1 2007 0 0 BAR File ZI Ji totalema 7 E REGISTER 1 1 2007 6 5 Rich Text Docum D EI Users 7 _ SFKHEAD SFX 1 1 2007 6 5 SFX File gt Hb Windows 7 SHARE_NT 1 1 2007 6 5 Application gt Ele New Volume D VI BATCUNINST 1 1 2007 6 5 Application pp gt El New Volume E T TCUNINST WUL 1 1 2007 6 5 WUL File V TCUNZLI
139. e default destination when it suits you or browse for a destination after clicking the down arrow to the right of the current destination and selecting Browse When the backup destination is any removable media USB stick BD DVD the Make this media bootable check box appears Selecting the check box will result in creating a bootable recovery environment on the removable media and adding a standalone Acronis True Image Home 2011 version You will be able to run Acronis True Image Home 2011 from the removable media on a bare metal system or the crashed computer that cannot boot If possible avoid storing your system partition backups on dynamic disks as the system partition is recovered in the Linux environment Linux and Windows work with dynamic disks differently This may result in problems during recovery If you need the backup to run on a schedule click the link to the right of Schedule turn on scheduling and set the required schedule For more information see Scheduling p 139 You can also change the default backup scheme by clicking on the appropriate link For more information see Backup schemes p 53 If you would like to assign a specific name to the backup type the name in the Backup name field instead of the default one You can also add useful information to the backup name To do so click the down arrow to the right of the destination and click Browse Select the items you want to add in the right fiel
140. e partition using the Flags column It must have the Pri Act flags Select the tems to recover Partition Fla Capa UsedS Type MDisk1 a NTFS Unlabeled C PriAct 4658GB 2 629GB NTFS EILANTFS Unlabeled E Ph 1647MB 39 14MBNTFS EILA NTFS Unlabeled F Pr 180 4 NB 2514 MB NTFS E O MBR and Track 0 MBR and Track 0 Sattings of Partition C 7 Atthe Settings of partition C or the letter of the system partition if it is different step check the default settings and click Next if they are correct Otherwise change the settings as required before clicking Next Changing the settings will be needed when recovering to the new hard disk of a different capacity 72 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 8 Carefully read the summary of operations at the Finish step If you have not resized the partition the sizes in the Deleting partition and Recovering partition items must match Having checked the summary click Proceed Figeuyssy sires fox gt Recovery Wizard Required steps Summary Operations Number of operations 2 1 Deleting partition Hard disk 1 Drive letter C File system NTFS Volume label Size 4653 G8 2 Recovering partition Hard disk 1 Drive leter C File system NTFS Volume lobel Size 4 658 GB Optional steps Options Qptions Eroceed Cancel 9 When the operation finishes exit the standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2011
141. e the main program window The program will continue working in the background and will automatically close once the backup is finished If you need to suspend the backup for any reason click the Suspend button You will be able to resume the suspended operation by clicking Back Up Now in the main program window 5 3 6 Online Backup settings The following settings are available for online backup Connection attempts p 110 Storage connection speed p 110 Storage cleanup p 111 Proxy settings p 112 Backup priority p 113 E mail notification p 113 Pre Post commands p 115 Acronis Customer Experience Program p 116 You can always revert the changed settings to their default values To reset all the customized options to the default values click Reset all to default To reset the current option settings to the default values click Reset the current to default 5 3 6 1 Connection attempts On this page you can specify the number of connection attempts and the time interval between the attempts In case of any network problems if the first connection attempt fails the program will repeat the attempts till a connection is successfully established You can set the number of connection attempts and the time interval between the attempts in seconds To do so type or select the values in the appropriate boxes E Vv Optons Online backup options 0 Reset al to defaut lt P Reset th
142. e the partition properties click the Partition properties link below the recovery destination field 4 Toreduce the partition size so as to leave enough disk space for the remaining partitions click the Reduce size link 5 Youcan resize the partition by dragging its right border with a mouse on the horizontal bar on the screen To assign the partition a specific size enter the appropriate number into the Total size field Remember that you need to leave as much unallocated free space after the newly resized partition as will be needed for the remaining partitions Select a disk letter and partition type When you finish the settings click OK to confirm them and return to the main Disk Recovery window You can also place the unallocated space before the partition by selecting the Before partition radio button Partition Properties o Specify the partition properties Letter D z Type Primary X D r 10 3 GB a Partition Used space 7 6 GB Total size o3 Unallocated space Size 5 7 GB Position Before partition After partition Do not reduce size OK Cancel Select the next partition s check box Select the unallocated space on the destination hard disk The program will create a partition occupying the entire unallocated space 8 Make the settings for the second partition Leave enough unallocated space for other partitions to be recovered 9 Select the next partition
143. eb as you please After you have finished using the browser make a couple more clicks to discard the changes accumulated in the system in the Try mode and the system will be rebooted and reverted exactly to the state it was in prior to turning on the Try mode including all those hidden files 6 6 Scheduling The Scheduler window allows you to specify the backup and validation schedule settings reise Schedule your operation d ome ES Daily Monthly ome f ai 5 Weekly Every First xij Tuesday X oon M 3 4 Biola 2 Monthly 8 9 a07 5 E 125 53 ER s pana lis 6 v 1s ofa 2 23 24 26 2 2B 29 pin rah Start at 12 00 PM Advanced settings Aa Run the backup only when the computer is idle V Wake up the sleeping hibernating computer Missed backup V Run at system startup B Do not schedule P Cancel You can choose and set up one of the following backup or validation frequencies Daily p 140 the operation will be executed once a day or more frequently Weekly p 141 the operation will be executed once a week or several times a week on the selected days Monthly p 141 the operation will be executed once a month or several times a month on the selected dates Upon event p 141 the operation will be executed upon an event Clicking the Do not schedule button turns off the scheduler for the current operation In this case the backup or validation will run only when you click Bac
144. ecessssssnsaeeeeeceseeenaeaeceeecesessesaeeeeeesseesees 133 Starting the Try MOG cccccccssessssececeeecesseseeaeeececscesseseeaeeeeeeseesseseaees 136 Stopping the Try MOdC cccccesesssssececeeecesseseeaeseeeescesseseaeeeeeeseessesenaeaes 136 Try amp Decide options and notifications ccccccceesseceesssseeeesssseeeesseeeees 136 Try amp Decide typical USC CASES eeecessssteceessececeeseeeecesseeseceeseeaeceseeeaeens 138 6 5 1 What is Try amp Decide The Try amp Decide feature allows you to create a secure controlled temporary workspace on your computer without requiring you to install special virtualization software You can perform various system operations without worrying that you might damage your operating system programs or data After making virtual changes you may apply them to your original system If you make changes that you want to keep you might want to commit those changes to the system Among the operations you may attempt with this feature is to open mail attachments from unknown senders or visit websites that might contain potentially troublesome content For example if you visit a website or open an email attachment that puts a virus on your temporary duplicate you can simply destroy the duplicate and no harm will be done the virus will not appear on your machine It is important to remember that if you download e mail from a POP mail server create new files or edit existing documents wh
145. ect that the backup might have been corrupted enable this option Check the file system after recovery The preset is disabled Having recovered a partition from an image Acronis True Image Home 2011 can check the integrity of the file system To do so enable this option Limitations on use of this option Check of the file system is available only when recovering partitions using FAT16 32 and NTFS file systems The file system will not be checked if a reboot is required during recovery for example when recovering the system partition to its original place 4 14 3 Computer restart The preset is Disabled If you want the computer to reboot automatically when it is required for recovery select the Restart the computer automatically if needed for the recovery check box This may be used when a partition locked by the operating system has to be recovered Enabling the option allows rebooting the computer without user interaction during recovery 4 14 4 File recovery options You can select the following file recovery options Recover files with their original security settings if the file security settings were preserved during backup see File level security settings for backup p 62 you can choose whether to recover them or let the files inherit the security settings of the folder where they will be recovered to This option is effective only when recovering files from file folder backups Set current date and time f
146. ected and tib IFilter is shown in the Filter Description field Select Index Properties and File Contents Advanced Options Index Settings File Types Add UNC Location Extension Filter Description E Sy Null filter E sym Null filter E sys Null filter tab Plain Text Filter tar Null filter tdl Plain Text Filter E text File Properties filter E tgz Null filter Gil theme File Properties filter tib tib IFilter ie tif Null filter me tiff Plain Text Filter E tis File Properties filter 71 AH Mull filtar How should this file be indexed Index Properties Only IS See eee Index Properties and File Contents Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 4 Click OK and while the Indexing Options window is open check that the disks where you store your backups are shown in the Included Locations list If the list does not contain those disks the backups will not be indexed To include the disks click Modify and select them in the window that appears Indexed Locations Change selected locations E M Local Disk C gt Local Disk E 5 gt Local Disk F Ma Microsoft Outlook Express Main Identity Q4 XP K Administr Summary of selected locations Included Locations Exclude Se Local Disk C Application Data Default User Local Disk E fe Microsoft Outlook Express M tib s 1 5 21 1645522239 If you store backups on a network
147. ed archive with the backup creation date and time like in the Recovery wizard The top backup is the full backup the rest are incremental backups To select the backups you want to keep Select the backups you want to keep The other backups will not be included into the consolidated archive Information on the selected backup its name date of creation type and comments is displayed on the right pane of the window m Click Next to continue 3 13 3 Result location Specify the place where you want to save the archive copy and its name By default the program suggests the same location and the source archive name Your original archive will be overwritten To specify another location for the consolidated archive Select the New location item and click the Browse button Specify the location where you want the consolidated archive to be stored to from the drives tree If required you can create a new folder in the selected location by clicking the W Create new folder button or delete the unnecessary folder by clicking the X Delete button Inthe File name field enter a name for the consolidated archive or click the Generate name button to generate the name automatically If you don t need the original archive you may delete it by selecting the Delete the original archive check box m Click Next to continue You cannot choose another location when consolidating backups in an archive located in Acronis Secure
148. ed ee ee ee eed eee 210 8 3 Acronis SMart Error REPOrting ccccccccccccccccccccececececececesecececececececesececeseceseseceseseseseseseseseeess 210 8 4 Creating a CUSTOM rescue CD ecccccccccccececececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseuesenenenesenenees 212 eo Ea LOG EE A E E E O Addosede cal ve 212 8 6 Acronis Customer Experience Program ccccccccccccccccecececececececececececececececececesecesecesesesesesesess 213 Glossary of Termi oor crpresisisnp eant r staves soiseedesedaccsesvsTecensestbesesviste de avdscedesectececsssttesesscstectevdscedees 215 1 Getting started 1 1 Introduction In this section What is Acronis True Image Home 2011 ccccccceesseceesssaeeeeseseeeeessaes 7 What is Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack cccsccccccscesssssreeees 8 Acronis True Image Home 2011 basic concepts cccsessceeeeeeeessssaees 8 New in Acronis True Image Home 2011 cceceeeseeeseseseeeseseseeeeeeeees 11 System requirements and supported media cccsesscccecesessesteeeeeeeens 12 Technical Support scscsccieeies ciscce ceccdse atic tened eaaa E a sass 14 Trial Version iNfOrmMatiOn ccccccssccccesssceceessececeesececseseeecessueeeceesneeeeeees 14 1 1 1 What is Acronis True Image Home 2011 Acronis True Image Home 2011 is an integrated software suite that ensures the security of all of the information on your PC It can back up the operating system appl
149. edia Builder will allow you to create bootable media or its ISO image at any time from the main program window or by running Bootable Rescue Media Builder on its own When installed Acronis True Image Home 2011 creates a new device in the Device Manager list Control Panel System Hardware Device Manager Acronis Devices gt Acronis True Image Backup Archive Explorer Do not disable or uninstall this device as it is necessary for connecting image backups as virtual disks see Mounting an image p 200 1 2 2 Extracting Acronis True Image Home 2011 When installing Acronis True Image Home 2011 you can save the setup msi file on a local or network drive This will help when modifying or recovering the existing component installation To save the setup file Run the Acronis True Image Home 2011 setup file In the Install Menu right click on the program name and select Extract Select a location for the setup file and click Save Recovering or updating the existing Acronis True Image Home 2011 installation with using the msi file must be done from the command line as follows 1 Choose Start gt Run 2 Type cmd 3 When the command line interpreter window opens type the following command msiexec i path_to_msi_file msi_file_name msi REINSTALL ALL REINSTALLMODE vomus After the install wizard window opens choose Typical Custom or Complete installation for repairing or changing the program s components 1
150. eekday in the evening to save all your work Schedule the backup and select the check box After that you may leave your computer when you finish your work knowing that the critical data will be backed up and the computer will be turned off 3 11 12 File level security settings for backup You can specify security settings for backed up files these settings relate only to file folder backups Preserve file security settings in backups selecting this option will preserve all the security properties permissions assigned to groups or users of the backup files for further recovery By default files and folders are saved in the backup with their original Windows security settings i e permissions for read write execute and so on for each user or user group set in file Properties Security If you recover a secured file folder on a computer without the user specified in the permissions you may not be able to read or modify this file To eliminate this kind of problem you can disable preserving file security settings in backups Then the recovered files folders will always inherit the permissions from the folder to which they are recovered parent folder or disk if recovered to the root Or you can disable file security settings during recovery even if they are available in the backup The result will be the same In backups store encrypted files in a decrypted state the preset is disabled check the option if there are encry
151. eeseesees 14 1 2 1 Installing Acronis True Image Home 2011 cc ceescssessssessesecsseessessessessesecseesesaessesseseeseseeseesaessesaeeaseesenees 15 1 2 2 Extracting Acronis True Image HOME 2011 0 eeecsscsscsssssecssecsesesccsecssecsessssssesesecaesssesseseseceussaeseseaecansaas 15 1 2 3 Running Acronis True Image HOME 2011 0 eeesccsecsscssscsecesecsecssecsecssecaeseesceeseaecauseeessecesesaeseatenesenssanseaes 16 1 2 4 Upgrading Acronis True Image Home 2011 00 cccssssessssessesscsscsecssssessessesecseesessessesseseesesseeseseessesaeeaseeeenees 16 1 2 5 Removing Acronis True Image HOME 2011 cecescsscssscsecssessscssccsecssecsesssseeccaecersessssesesesseseasseseascansaass 16 1 3 Getting to know Acronis True Image Home 2011 ce ceeeceesssseceeeceseeseneeeeeeseesseseaeeeeeeseneees 17 134 Welcome SEFC CN izes cseai dec sxssiense coat Sezai vee sssxeuesiusasecueasdeaud besbeabescausanelcecabeseuasensdncavediaecatsdasecoiaseccetieaneanetciteemtents 1 3 2 Main screen uu eeeeceeseeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseees 1 3 3 Tools amp Utilities screen sss 1 3 4 Wizards and notification area icons 1 3 5 Acronis Backup Explorer cccccssscsscsscsscsscsssssesesssssessesscsessessessesessseseseeseessesaseaseeeeeees 1 3 6 Integration With WINdOWS 7 c scscssescescescssssscssssssessessesscssesesssesecsessessessesecsessesaeesessssesesaesnesaesaeeaesasessenees HOW 8 cssscisciccsccscccevecssscssusscsassnssessssvessessov
152. elect the files folders from the tree in the Folders pane To include an entire folder select the folder s check box in the folders pane To include particular items in a folder click the folder s name in the folders pane and then select the items check boxes in the folder contents pane Excluding items File filtering can be applied to manually added folders by specifying which files to exclude from backup For more information see Excluding items from online backup p 105 Having finished selection of items to include and exclude click the Back Up Now button to start online backup immediately otherwise click the Save and Close button to save the selection for backing up later or on schedule You can also cancel the selection by clicking Cancel Creating a custom data category To add a custom data category click the Add category icon in the Categories pane and provide a name for the category Select the data source e g a folder for the new category by clicking the link to the right of Category source in the right pane and then clicking the Browse button By default the new category will contain All data from the source in the data source but you can apply filters to select the specific types of files that you wish or do not wish to back up P gt 4D Items to Bock Up Selection specify files to back up Folders My_docs Hwi adm T Desktop Category source C Users eden Documents H i Compre Include Al
153. elected backup version If a backup version does not have comments click the Add comment icon then type your comments in the comments area and click the Save icon If there is already a comment you can edit it after clicking the Edit icon Having finished editing click the Save icon to save the changed comment or the Cancel icon to cancel the changes To remove the comment click the Delete icon 1 3 5 2 Files and folders tab The Files and folders tab shows the backed up files and folders contained in the selected backup version The left hand area of the tab shows a directory tree and the right hand area the contents of a selected directory tree item The tab shows the files and folders states of when the current backup version was created You can switch between the backup versions by using the time line at the bottom of the screen For more information on using the time line see Time line p 29 To recover files and or folders 1 Onthe time line select the backup version from which you want to recover your files folders The version s exact date and time will be displayed near the backup name Your data will be recovered to the state it was at this point in time 2 Select the corresponding check boxes of the files and folders you want to recover see selection rules below Short information about the selected items their number and total size will be displayed near the Recover button 3 Click the Recover button You can
154. elected in the default Removable media settings Ask for first media while creating backups on removable media You can choose whether to display the Insert First Media prompt when backing up to removable media With the default setting backing up to removable media may not be possible if the user is away because the program will wait for someone to press OK in the prompt box Therefore you should disable the prompt when scheduling a backup to removable media Then if the removable media is available for example CD R RW inserted the backup can run unattended If you have other Acronis products installed on your computer the bootable versions of these programs components will be offered as well 3 11 9 Screenshot settings Along with backup comments screenshots help you to recognize a previous data state you need to recover Acronis True Image Home 2011 allows you to take screenshots at the moment of starting a disk or partition backup To enable the option select the Take screenshot upon a disk backup start check box The screenshots will be shown in Backup Explorer on the Disks and partitions tab Every screenshot corresponds to its own disk backup version Thus switching between the backup versions on the time line you will see different screenshots and will be able to find the required backup version faster 3 11 10 Error handling When the program encountered an error while performing backup it stops the backup process and
155. election If you chose to create a bootable disk ISO image specify the ISO file name and the folder where to place it Select the destination folder from the folder tree Entera name for the iso file in the File name field m Click Next to continue 7 2 1 5 Bootable media creation summary This page displays operations to be performed Click Proceed to start the bootable media creation process Use the sidebar on the left to navigate through the wizard s steps for revision To cancel operation and quit Acronis Media Builder click Cancel After you create a boot disc mark it and keep it in a safe place Please keep in mind that the backups created by the later program version may be incompatible with the previous program versions Due to this reason we strongly recommend that you create a new bootable media after each Acronis True Image Home 2011 upgrade One more thing you should remember when booting from the rescue media and using a standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2011 you cannot recover files and folders encrypted with use of the encryption feature available in Windows XP and later operating systems For more information see File level security settings for backup p 62 On the other hand backups encrypted using the Acronis True Image Home 2011 encryption feature can be recovered When booting from the rescue media you cannot recover image backups to GPT disks using a standalone version of Acronis True Ima
156. em on different hardware 2 Hardware independent cloning of operating systems 4 9 1 1 Limitations in using Acronis Universal Restore 1 The system recovered by Acronis Universal Restore might not start if the partition structure in the image or the target disk partitioning does not coincide with that of the source disk The loader restored from the image will point to the wrong partition and the system will not boot or will malfunction This may occur if you back up only selected partitions but not the entire source disk restore only selected partitions and not the entire source disk In some cases especially if your system resides on a partition other than the original one this can confuse the loader and prevent the restored system from rebooting To avoid this problem we recommend that you back up and recover the entire system disk 2 The Acronis Universal Restore option does not work if a computer is booted with Acronis Startup Recovery Manager using F11 or the backup image is located in Acronis Secure Zone This is because Acronis Startup Recovery Manager and Acronis Secure Zone are primarily meant for data recovery on the same computer 4 9 2 General principles of Acronis Universal Restore 1 Automatic selection of HAL and mass storage drivers Acronis Universal Restore searches the Windows default driver storage folders in the image being restored for HAL and mass storage device drivers and installs drivers that bes
157. emes and scheduler Scheduler settings for the default backup schemes single version and version chain are predefined You should not change the default backup periodicity settings in the scheduler For disk backups the setting is Monthly and for file backups Daily If you have selected one of the backup schemes and then change the periodicity settings for instance from Monthly to Weekly the backup scheme will automatically reset to a custom backup scheme with the incremental method selected In this case the version chain will consist of a full backup version and a sequence of incremental backup versions 3 11 1 1 Single version scheme This backup scheme is the same for both disk backup and file backup types except scheduler settings The program creates a full backup version and overwrites it every time according to the specified schedule or when you run backup manually Backup scheduler setting for disk backup monthly Backup scheduler setting for file backup daily Result you have a single up to date full backup version Required storage space minimal 3 11 1 2 Version chain scheme This backup scheme differs for disk backup and file backup types Disk backup version chain At first the program creates the 1st full backup version The version will be kept until you delete it manually After that according to the specified schedule or when you run backup manually the program creates 1 full and 5 differential backup ve
158. enndantedeesteleiteaaes 164 7 3 2 ACronis Sec re ZONE lOCALION siseseid Eiti i atei rrii e aie is E aTe aK iia Erai ii 166 pA o MES o Partitions cision Wl E EA E EE EEE esta Breede ETE EAR 166 9 7 3 4 Size OF Acronis SECUPE ZOME seesievciicedascacebcacibiesden sud icaselcetnrsedoceiics i i a e a E a 167 7 3 5 Managing Acronis SQCCUre ZONC csccsscesessscsssesscssecsecesscsecesecsecesscsscesessesessesesesssaesessenesenesarssseaesenesaeeeseas 168 7 3 6 Acronis Secure ZONE SUMMALSY scescesscsscssscsscesecsecesecssceseceuccsecssscsecescsecsssesecsuseaecssesecuseaesssseaeseeseaeenesens 170 TA Cloning a hard diskin oenas ee5 0 ba Eataa seed cea acess s vada Gat aaa fh seed steak iad ae ee 171 741 GeNeral informati n eccirni eiir iieri iia i Ea EEEN a ET Kta ER R 171 7 4 2 LUT EAEAN A E A N I EEA OTEA AEEA 172 TAB S lecting CLOME TMOGG r E e dete sd dak a eria aia e Eea aE Aa itd Baca Raia AATE E 172 TAA Selecting a source ISK secsnneinicari niei e A E R E E iie 173 PAS Selecting a Aestinatlon A a a a r e a a 174 7 4 6 Move Method eene rera ere eotia eee AE EER erae TEE REE EA aE a AAAA AA ESE E ERE R aN A 174 7 4 7 Manual partt ON E ee a a E a a a A EE aS 175 TAS Cloning SUMIMALY esena n i aa ae aa eian ea 177 7 5 Adding a new hard GISKjeeiscsScces cee ereenn e a ia A a Ta iaa oaea aoaaa 178 ASA Selecting a Nard diSKsr Tarana aer E a E E E A E e E E E 179 7 5 2 Creating NewpartitionS nnee erein an taR AEE a Ea Sa
159. ensitive While attempting to access the encrypted data the program asks you to enter the encryption key Remember the encryption key The key is known only to you Acronis do not know the key and do not have the means for retrieving the forgotten key If the desired computer is already registered Select the registered computer icon Type the encryption key if necessary Click the Continue button Removing a computer This screen allows you to remove a computer from the registered computers list Removing a computer results in deleting all data that was backed up from that computer so such an operation must be carried out with caution To remove a computer select it by its name and click the Remove button then click Yes in the confirmation window 5 3 2 1 Data encryption in Online Backup To protect your data on the online storage from unauthorized access you can use encryption In this case your data will be stored on the online storage in encrypted form To encrypt and decrypt your data the program needs the encryption key that you should specify when you register your computer An encryption key is a unique alphanumeric code like a password You can specify any set of characters you like Note that the key is case sensitive An encryption key cannot be retrieved Please remember the key that you specify during your computer registration While attempting to access the encrypted data the program asks you to
160. er Free Disk Commander v1 1 Dos 16 bit support for WinPE Drive SnapShot ERD Commander 2002 Irfanview Keyboard Layout read PluginHelp McAfee Stinger McAfee VirusScan for Win32 Nero Burning Rom Nu2Menu Nu2Shell PENETCFG Automatically start PE Network configurator PENETCFG PE Network configurator theTruth PuTTY RAMDisk Nu2 Productions Remote Desktop Client Rpc55 needs to launch DComLaunch Service first SP2 only Enable Disable Close AutoErase R A Eject after burn File a43 a43 inF Acronis acronis inf adawarese adawarese inf aspi aspi inf bginfo bginfo inf bstS bstS inF peinstipeinst inf bartpe bartpe inf bootfix bootfix inf chkdsk chkdsk inF Icustom custom inf deepburner deepburner inf dskcmdidskemd inf dospe Dospe inf snapshot snapshot inf erd2002 erd2002 inf irfanview irfanview inf keyboard keyboard inf stinger stinger inf mcafee mcafee inf nero burning rom penero inf nuZ2menu nuZmenu inf z25 nu2shell nu2shell inf penetcFg autorun penetcfg inf penetcFg penetcfg inf putty putty inf ramdiskiramdisk inf mstsc mstsc inf dcomlaunch dcomlaunch inf eee a Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 Close the Plugins window and click the Build button to start the building process If you want the image to be burned to CD select the Burn to CD option and choose the necessary burner in the Device menu After the image is created burn it to CD or DVD If you d
161. er the name of the POP3 server and set the port of the incoming mail server To check whether your settings are correct click the Send test message button Additional notification settings To send a notification concerning process completion select the Send notification upon operation s successful completion check box To send a notification concerning process failure select the Send notification upon operation failure check box To send a notification with operation messages select the Send notification when user interaction is required check box To send a notification with full log of operations select the Add full log to the notification check box 5 Using Acronis Online Backup In this section What is Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup 0 008 95 Subscription information cecccccesesnteceeeeeececeeeaeeecseaaeeeceeaaeceseeaeeeseeaaes 95 Backing up to Acronis Online Storage sssssesssesrssssrrssrerrssreressrerrssne 96 Recovery from Online Storage ccccsssccccecsssesssseceeeeesessessaeeeeeessessees 117 Removing data from Online Storage ssssesesseessssrrsssseesssrrrssrrerssserr 120 Viewing LOG sser eoeisi essa ARRESE REE RE EENE A EAE ERRERA 121 5 1 What is Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup is an application that allows you to use Acronis Online Backup service for safeguarding your most important files Acronis
162. erforming backups in Acronis Online Storage requires subscription to the Online Backup service To subscribe start Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup and click the Subscribe to Online Backup service link on the login window This will open your Web browser and take you to the main Acronis Web site to continue registration If you already have an Acronis account type the e mail address and password for that account under Log in to Your Account to the right You will be taken to your account page where you will be able to subscribe to the Online Backup service If you do not have an Acronis account fill in the appropriate fields and the account will be created for you Provide your first and last names and e mail address You will be offered a country selected on the basis of the IP address of your computer though you can select another country if you wish Then provide a password for your new account and confirm the password by retyping it once more in the appropriate field When you have performed all actions necessary for account registration please wait for an e mail message that will confirm opening of the account To keep your personal data secure choose a strong password for your online backups guard it from getting into the wrong hands and change it from time to time After opening an Acronis Online Backup account log in to your account page subscribe to the Online Backup service and then wait for an e mail message
163. es made so far If you choose to not heed the alert message the program will automatically restart the system when the disk is full discarding the changes in the process of rebooting At that point all changes will be lost 6 5 3 Stopping the Try mode When you decide to turn the mode off click the Try amp Decide icon in the Try amp Decide window Select Apply changes if you want to keep the changes made to the system Select Apply changes with reboot if you want to speed up the applying process When you click the button Try amp Decide restarts your computer and applies the changes during the reboot Select Discard changes if you want to return your system to the state it was in prior to turning on the Try mode If you have chosen Discard Changes and rebooted the computer with multiple operating systems installed you won t be able to boot other operating systems except the one used for working in the Try mode A second reboot will recover the original MBR and make other operating systems bootable 6 5 4 Try amp Decide options and notifications To view or edit the default options of the Try amp Decide feature select Tools amp Utilities gt Try amp Decide on the toolbar The options and notifications will be displayed in the corresponding areas of the main window You can change the following Try amp Decide options and notifications Protected partitions specify the partitions you want to protect from unauthorized c
164. es not include USB PC card and SCSI support The safe version will be available for those who purchased the boxed version of Acronis True Image Home 2011 and installed the appropriate add on Acronis System Report the component allows you to generate a system report that is used for collecting information about your system in case of any program problem Report generation will be available before you start Acronis True Image Home 2011 from the bootable media The generated system report can be saved to a USB flash drive Acronis Media Builder fo a Rescue media contents selection Select the bootable components of the Acronis products to be placed on the bootable media Once the media is created you will be able to boot a computer into the media and run the selected components cary Acronis True Image Home y B cs EB Acronis True Image Home Full version amp Acronis True Image Home H Gj Acronis System Report Version 14 0137 Language English This version includes drivers for USB PC Card SCSI hard disks t m ls El Start automatically after 10 sec Space required 103 5 MB Help lt Back Net gt Cancel To select a component Select the check box of the program you want to include into the bootable media The bottom field displays the space required for the selected components If you have other Acronis products installed on your computer
165. essseeeceesneeeceeseeeceeseeeeesseeeeeeees 51 BackUp Options cccssscccevesccecesssscecevsnccccevesccecesasceadesssdcecevebdad cevanccecevanceedevanes 52 Validating Backups s c sssccccesesccecssencevdvsooccccveodecedesoacceceveaceadevaaccedyoaccedevabee 65 Consolidating backup VErSiONS ccssccecessseceeseneeeeceeaececseaececseaeeeeeeaaes 65 Cloning backup settings cccsscccssssseceesenececseseeeecseaecesseaeeeeseqaeeeeeeaaes 67 3 1 The difference between file backups and disk partition images A backup is a copy of selected files folders or information stored on disks When you back up files and folders only the data and folder tree are compressed and stored Disk partition backups are different from file and folder backups Acronis True Image Home 2011 stores a sector by sector snapshot of the disk This includes the operating system registry drivers software applications data files and system areas hidden from the user This procedure is called creating a disk image and the resulting backup is often called a disk partition image By default Acronis True Image Home 2011 stores only the hard disk parts that contain data for supported file systems Furthermore Acronis True Image Home does not back up swap file information It will not back up pagefile sys under Windows XP and later and it will not back up hiberfil sys a file that keeps RAM contents when the computer goes into hibernation This reduces image size an
166. et the interrupt routing table Try this option if the kernel is unable to allocate IRQs or discover secondary PCI buses on your motherboard vga ask Gets the list of the video modes available for your video card and allows selecting a video mode most suitable for the video card and monitor Try this option if the automatically selected video mode is unsuitable for your hardware 7 2 1 3 Bootable media selection Select a destination for bootable media creation CD R RW if you are creating CD insert a blank disc so that the program can determine its Capacity ISO image having created an ISO disk image you will be able to burn it onto any kind of recordable DVD using DVD recording software Creating a bootable DVD directly from Bootable Media Builder is impossible any other media your PC can boot from such as USB flash drives etc If you use non optical media the media must have a FAT file system This limitation is not applicable for an ISO image E Acronis Media Builder Bootable media type selection Select a drive to be used to create bootable media The list contains all available devices that can be used to create bootable media You can create CD DVD USB flash drive or other bootable media or build an ISO image of a bootable disc Name Type e Floppy Disk Drive A Floppy Disk Drive ISO image ISO image file w Help lt Back I Next gt Cancel 7 2 1 4 Destination file s
167. etc 10 Repeat the above actions until you handle all partitions in the backup 11 Click Recover to recover all partitions to the destination hard disk 4 5 Recovering a disk backup to a different disk under rescue media Recovery of a disk backup containing several partitions to a hard disk that has a different capacity is one of the most complicated operations This is especially true when the original hard disk you have backed up has a hidden diagnostic or recovery partition Complete the preparations described in Preparing for recovery p 69 If you have not already done so assign unique names labels to the partitions of your computer s disks This will allow for identification of the partitions by their names and not by the disk letters Disk letters may differ when booting from the rescue media The names will help you find the drive containing your backups as well as the target new drive Information on partition sizes drive capacities their manufacturers and model numbers can also help to correctly identify the drives It is highly recommended to install the new hard drive to the same position in the computer and to use the same cable and connector that was used for the original drive This is not always possible e g the old drive may be an IDE and the new drive may be a SATA In any case install the new drive to where it will be used 4 5 1 Recovering a disk without a hidden partition At first let s consider recovery
168. eteasssusccessdvecsosssvestecsoveseassaussasscsvsceosesvcseecsseeseacsessss 34 Backing Up id ata veietssccdicetecscistecdusctececseixtescsiventeadeissescvesdeveessixte oosivvececssuute scvesustecseixbesevivuebecsss 35 3 1 The difference between file backups and disk partition images cccccceescecsseceesecesseeeees 35 3 2 Full incremental and differential backups c ccccccsssssssseceeecessssesnsaeeeeeeeseeseaeaeeeeeeesseseaaeas 36 3 3 Backing p Partitions aNd GISKS cc2vess cuseccdeedvieesieceieeacedvsesdcuseadeadersteevunceddereedseeawsusesteagesseeeventhets 38 3 4 Backing up files and folders i c cccesccsccesccdccs coesnectencedecedeesesndeeccdececeasuecdeacadece aa iia aieea 40 3 4 1 Data CALC ROLISS ersari anore ss casveatacassseascactssascusssstsalvechteatessctssueysexssvsvestdatea EAEE S aS 3 4 2 Support for Zip format 35 Backing UP e Mail rarasane ape rae ae eaea aaee a aeara eaea a EE SREE 3 6 Using Acronis Nonstop Backup 3 6 1 Protecting your data CONTINUOUSIY ccccecssesssssesessssscsscssesecsecsecsessesseseesessessesaussesseeesesseesesasesesaesaeeeeenees 46 3 6 2 Protecting your system CONTINUOUSLY ccccecessessesecscsscsscsscsecseesessessesscseesessessessessesseseesesoeesesoessesaesaeeseenees 47 3 6 3 Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage ccccsscssessssssscssesscsesseesessessessesecsesseesecsessessusessesoessesaessesausaeeeseeeness 48 3 7 Making reserve copies of your backups
169. f boot loaders such as LILO and GRUB requires re activation of third party loaders B Backup 1 The same as Backup operation p 215 2 A set of backup versions created and managed by using backup settings A backup can contain multiple backup versions created using full p 216 and incremental p 216 backup methods Backup versions belonging to the same backup are usually stored in the same location Backup operation An operation that creates a copy of the data that exists on a machine s hard disk for the purpose of recovering or reverting the data to a specified date and time Backup settings A set of rules configured by a user when creating a new backup The rules control the backup process Later you can edit the backup settings to change or optimize the backup process Backup version The result of a single backup operation p 215 Physically it is a file or a set of files that contains a copy of the backed up data as of a specific date and time Backup version files created by Acronis True Image Home 2011 have a TIB extension The TIB files resulting from consolidation p 216 of backup versions are also called backup versions Backup version chain Sequence of minimum 2 backup versions p 215 that consist of the first full backup version and the subsequent one or more incremental or differential backup versions Backup version chain continues till the next full backup version if any Bootable
170. f the Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack which must be purchased separately Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack has its own license and is installed from its own setup file You need to re create bootable media in order to make the newly installed Universal Restore add on operational in the bootable recovery environment A system disk image can be restored easily on the hardware where it was created or to identical hardware However if you change the motherboard or use another processor version a likely possibility in case of hardware failure the recovered system could fail to boot Trying to move the system to a new more powerful computer will usually produce the same result This is because the new hardware is incompatible with critical drivers included in the image Microsoft System Preparation Tool Sysprep will not resolve this problem Sysprep allows you to replace only Plug and Play device drivers sound cards network adapters video cards etc However System Hardware Abstraction Layer HAL and mass storage device drivers must be identical on both the source and the target computers see Microsoft Knowledge Base articles 302577 and 216915 Acronis Universal Restore technology provides an efficient solution for hardware independent system restoration by replacing the crucial Hardware Abstraction Layer HAL and mass storage device drivers Acronis Universal Restore is applicable for 1 Instant recovery of a failed syst
171. feature can help you in various circumstances for example Software testing There are known cases when installation of antivirus software cripples functionality of some applications or they may even refuse to launch after antivirus installation The Try amp Decide utility can help you to avoid such a problem You may proceed as follows Download atrial version of the antivirus software from the Web site of the vendor whose product you wish to try Turn on the Try mode Install the antivirus software Try to work with the applications installed on your computer performing your usual tasks If everything works without any snags you can be reasonably sure that there will be no incompatibility problems and can buy the antivirus software If you encounter any problems discard the changes in your system caused by installing the antivirus and try antivirus software from another vendor The new attempt might turn out to be successful File recovery You have accidentally deleted some files and then emptied the Recycle Bin Then you have remembered that the deleted files contained important data and now you are going to try to undelete them using the appropriate software However sometimes you may do something wrong while trying to recover deleted files making things worse than before trying to recover them So you can proceed as follows Turn on the Try mode Launch the file undelete utility After the utility scans your
172. fic problem Acronis Support team continuously adds new articles to the KB If you are not able to find the solution to your problem in the KB or the suggested solution s does not help feel free to contact Acronis Customer Central at http www acronis com support To contact Acronis Support personnel for urgent or time sensitive issues it is recommended to use the Chat service To access the Chat service please use the wizard set at http www acronis com support gt Contact support gt Start here When your issue is an error encountered during Acronis True Image Home 2011 operation the error message box will contain the Knowledge Base button Clicking the button will take you to a Support KB article offering solution s for the issue that caused the error The error message box will also have a link to the Acronis Support KB This link may be useful when the KB does not have the appropriate article yet Clicking the link will take you to a Web form There you can enter the event code displayed in the error box to search for a solution in the entire KB For more information see Acronis Smart Error Reporting p 210 System report Acronis Support personnel may request you to provide the system report To create the report select Generate system report in the Help menu then save the report and send it to Acronis Customer Central For more information see Acronis System Report p 210 8 2 Acronis System Report When you contac
173. fter recovering this backup to your disk Consolidation Consolidation allows you to delete backups which are no longer needed from a backup chain A chain to be consolidated can be comprised of a full backup and one or more incremental backups If necessary you can delete the base full backup from the chain The program will create a new full backup in place of the oldest remaining backup Consolidation keeps whichever backups you choose and deletes any backups that are not selected Since consolidation may require significant time and system resources including disk space we recommend using it sparingly In many cases starting a new backup chain and then deleting the old one will be a better choice Acronis Nonstop Backup uses a different consolidation mechanism The program consolidates the metadata it uses for managing the backed up data Because the metadata information volume is significantly less than the backed up data volume consolidation requires much less time and system resources Disaster recovery Recovering from a disaster usually requires a rescue media Acronis True Image Home 2011 provides for recovery from a disaster caused by system data corruption viruses or malware If the operating system fails to boot Acronis True Image Home 2011 will recover the system partition The boxed product comes with a rescue CD Other legal owners of the program can create a rescue media by using the Media Builder tool Scheduli
174. g My Disks Files amp Folders SSS Tr eth c if Tools amp Utilities My favorites amp Help gt Options BE Tools amp Utilities Select the system disk or partition backup image to be used for recovery Right click on the backup and choose Recover in the shortcut menu If Windows and the recovery environment assign different disk letters the program will display the following error message Acronis True Image Home 2011 cannot detect volume N of Name archive where Name is the name of the required image backup and volume number N may be different depending on the number of backups in the archive Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 Click Browse and show the path to the backup Rusoyssy iced gt Recovery Wizard Required steps Select a backup from which to recover Archive selection Recovery oe Acronis True Image cannot detect volume 1 of N Disk_image_VMware_Virtual_IDE_Hard_Drive1 1 archive Click Browse to specify volume location Retry to try again or click Cancel Poth GADisk_imoge_VMwore_Virtwal_ IDE_Herd_Drivet 1 tib Choose recovery method Recover whole disks and partitions Recover chosen files and folders Select tiles and folders to recover rom the original disk backup 71 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 6 Select the system partition usually C on the What to recover screen If the system partition has a different letter select th
175. g with Acronis Secure Zone Acronis Secure Zone deletion will automatically destroy all backups stored in the zone 7 3 6 Acronis Secure Zone summary The Acronis Secure Zone summary window displays a list of operations to be performed Creating or managing the Acronis Secure Zone operations may require reboot In that case after clicking the Proceed button you will be asked to confirm the reboot Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard e G Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard Required steps Summary Y Space allocation vs Location Disk 3 Se Size 8 053 GB Finish Password None The current disk state bal a9 16GB New Volume E U 16 00 GB NTFS After 3 16 GB New Volume E ACRONIS SZ 7 945 GB NTFS 8 053 GB NTFS E Primary Logical Dynamic M Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported Options Proceed l Cancel 170 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 Click the Proceed button to start the listed operations Click the Options button if you want to protect Acronis Secure Zone with a password Click the Cancel button to exit the wizard without performing any operations 7 4 Cloning a hard disk In this section General informatio ciccssiisstc cassis saias NE 171 SECUrItY secip a E EE EAE 172 Selecting clone MOE sissies dninni ieie aia aia 172 Selecting a SOULCE disk cccccscsssssececeeecesseseeaececeeecesseseaaeeeeeeseesseseaaeess 173 Se
176. ge Home 2011 that differs only slightly from the complete version 7 2 Creating bootable rescue media In this section Acronis Media Builder ccccecssccecsesseecessneeeceesneeeceecueeeeseneeeeeesneeeeseas 153 Creating BartPE disc with Acronis True Image Home 2011 006 158 Creating WinPE based rescue Me dia csessccccececessesssseeeeeeeeesssseaeees 160 7 2 1 Acronis Media Builder You can run Acronis True Image Home 2011 from an emergency boot disk on a bare metal system or a crashed computer that cannot boot You can even back up disks on a non Windows computer copying all its data into the backup by imaging the disk one sector at a time To do so you will need bootable media that has a copy of the standalone Acronis True Image Home 2011 version installed on it If you purchased the boxed product you already have a bootable CD because the installation CD itself is bootable in addition to serving as the program installation disk If you purchased Acronis True Image Home 2011 on the Web or as a download from a retailer you can create bootable media using the Bootable Media Builder For this you will need a blank CD R RW a blank DVD R RW or any other media from which your computer can boot such as a USB flash drive Acronis True Image Home 2011 also provides the ability to create an ISO image of a bootable disc on the hard disk If you have other Acronis products such as Acronis Disk Director Suite ins
177. ge Home 2011 7 2 2 Creating BartPE disc with Acronis True Image Home 2011 Bart PE Bart Preinstalled Environment is a bootable Windows CD DVD created from the original Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 installation setup CD The current version of Acronis True Image Home 2011 does not have a plug in for a preinstalled environment based on Windows Vista and Windows 7 The main advantage of Bart PE is that it uses Windows drivers and has a Windows like graphical user interface It also provides for adding any storage drivers at startup in the same manner as when installing Windows on the hard drive by pressing F6 and inserting a diskette with the drivers Applications are installed into Bart PE in the form of plug ins and the Acronis True Image Home 2011 plug in can be included into the Bart PE plug in tab If you do not have the boxed version of Acronis True Image Home 2011 you will need to download a separate installation file from your Acronis account Go to My Account section Log in Register the serial number for your copy of Acronis True Image Home 2011 if it is not registered yet Click Registered Products Under the registered products click on Bart PE amp Safe Media to download the plug in Install the plug in as follows 1 Double click on the downloaded file to start installation 2 If you only want to install the Bart PE plug in choose Custom installation and unselect the Safe Media add on Otherwise ch
178. gest you to choose one of the following three approaches of using the backup methods Full A standalone full backup might be an optimal solution if you often roll back the system to its initial state or if you do not like to manage multiple files Incremental These are most useful when you need frequent backups and the ability to roll back to a specific point in time Having created a full backup once if you then create an incremental backup each day of a month you will get the same result as if you created full backups every day Incremental images are considerably smaller than full or differential images Such a backup scenario may consist of a weekly full system backup with intermediate daily backups that cover data that was changed since the LAST backup This scenario while requiring less storage space and time for the daily backups will require more work on your part to provide recovery after a system crash In the event of a Thursday crash you would have to recover the last FULL backup followed by the Monday Tuesday and Wednesday incremental backups Differential is an intermediate between the first two approaches It is also good when the conditions are intermediate Each differential backup includes all the files changed since the last full backup It takes less time and space than Full but more than Incremental The good thing is that recovering is simpler than for 2 you ll have to recover the last full backup a
179. gram Files Acronis TruelmageHome 1 Partition C AcronisTibUriHandler exe 649 KB 17 Aug 10 18 39 24 C Program Files Acronis TruelmageHome 1 Partition_C 1 E AcronisTibUriHandler exe 649 KB 17 Aug 10 18 39 24 C Program Files Acronis TruelmageHome 1 Partition_C AcronisTibUrlHandler exe 649 KB 17 Aug 10 18 39 24 C Program Files Acronis TruelmageHome 5 My_system 2 _ m AcronisTibUriHandler exe 649 KB 17 Aug 10 18 39 24 C Program Files Acronis TruelmageHome 1 My system acronis_backup_cpl dil 189 KB 17 Aug 10 18 38 08 C Program Files Acronis TruelmageHome a 1 Partition C acronis_backup_cpl dil 189 KB 17 Aug 10 18 38 08 C Program Files Acronis TruelmageHome a 1 Partition_C 1 E acronis_backup_cpl dll 189 KB 17 Aug 10 18 38 08 C Program Files Acronis TruelmageHome a 1 Partition_C a Convert Acronis backup Ink Size 2 2 KB Selected to recover r PR Shortcut View versions 2 files 4 3 KB Today 12 17 By default Acronis True Image Home 2011 performs the search in all the sources where it can search information That is it searches files in all backups and their versions on all local storage devices Acronis True Image Home 2011 cannot perform search on network shares Acronis Online Storage and devices that are recognized by Windows as Devices with removable storage The Files and folders tab shows results of searches for files and folders in tib backups Double clicking on a filen
180. gt toje L Where to recover your files The system state files will be recovered to the original location Recovery options d Recover now Cancel 2 Such data can only be recovered to the original location Therefore you can only change the recovery options To change the recovery options click the Recovery options link The options you set here will be applied only to the current recovery operation To start the recovery process click the Recover now button The recovery progress will be shown in a special window You can stop the recovery by clicking Cancel Please keep in mind that the aborted recovery may still cause changes in the original location 4 7 Recovering file versions If you need to recover a specific version of a file select the file in the Backup Explorer When you select the file the View versions link appears below the file size information Clicking the link opens the View Versions window with a list of all versions of the file in the backup You can also select the file in Windows Explorer Right click and choose View versions in the shortcut menu Until you select a file version in the View Versions window the Open and Recover buttons remain disabled Selecting a file version enables the buttons V View Versions o loes Studio bmp i Version Backup A 3 38 16 PM I 3 42 06 PM File backup 3 42 18 PM Thursday August 12 2010 3 28 50 PM Thursday August 12 2010 3 29 12 PM Thursday
181. h file click the Edit button 3 11 4 1 Edit user command for backup You can specify user commands to be executed before or after the backup procedure Inthe Command field type in a command or select it from the list Click to select a batch file Inthe Working directory field type in a path for command execution or select it from the list of previously entered paths Inthe Arguments field enter or select command execution arguments from the list Disabling the Do not perform operations until the command execution is complete parameter enabled for Pre commands by default will permit the backup process to run concurrently with your command execution The Abort the operation if the user command fails enabled by default parameter will abort the operation if any errors occur in command execution You can test a command you entered by clicking the Test command button 3 11 5 Backup splitting Sizeable backups can be split into several files that together make up the original backup A single backup can also be split for burning to removable media The default setting Automatic With this setting Acronis True Image Home 2011 will act as follows When backing up to a hard disk If the selected disk has enough space and its file system allows the estimated file size the program will create a single backup file If the storage disk has enough space but its file system does not allow the estimated file size the progr
182. h values you may enter a random hexadecimal value of any length up to 512 bytes Your algorithm may also include one more value for writing that is designated as the complementary value the value that is complementary to the one written to disk during the previous pass If the binary value is represented by the 10001010 Ox8A sequence then the complementary binary value will be represented by the 01110101 0x75 sequence The Algorithm definition window offers you the template for the algorithm only You should define exactly what the software should write to disk to destroy the confidential data according to your algorithm To do this click your mouse on the line representing pass 1 and click Edit Wiping pass adjustment The Wiping Pass Adjustment window allows you to define the pattern to be written to disk hexadecimal value This is what the window control elements mean You may enter any hexadecimal value into the field under the Write pattern switch to write it to a hard disk during any pass during the first pass in this case By setting the switch to Write a random number position you will first select to write a random value to disk and specify the length of the random value in bytes in the field below The U S standard provides the writing of random values to each byte of each disk sector during the first pass so set the switch to Write a random number position and enter 1 into the field Click the OK b
183. hanges during a Try amp Decide session By default T amp D protects the system partition Disk C though you may add other partitions or disks in your system Storage for virtual changes specify where Try amp Decide will store information about virtual changes to your system By default T amp D saves the information to a free space on Disk C You can also choose as such place Acronis Secure Zone or another logical disk or hard drive When choosing to protect more than one partition you cannot select one of the partitions to be protected to store virtual changes In addition you cannot select an external hard disk drive Notifications specify whether Try amp Decide should alert you when it uses up all the space allotted for saving virtual changes and after a specified time period has passed By default all notifications are On To change the default settings click Change alert settings Note that after configuring the settings you will always be able to recover their default values To do so click the Reset settings to default button 6 5 4 1 Protected partitions Specify the partition or partitions you want to protect from unauthorized changes during a Try amp Decide session By default Try amp Decide protects Disk C though you may choose to protect any other partition s in your system To select a partition m Check the corresponding partition box To select the entire disk you must select all its partitions
184. hard disks you can select samples of symbol or elementary data bit sequences to be written to sectors in order to repeatedly and effectively wipe confidential information Methods offered by national standards provide single or triple recording of random symbols to disk sectors that are straightforward and arbitrary decisions in general but still acceptable in simple situations The most effective information wiping method is based on deep analysis of subtle features of recording data to all types of hard disks This knowledge speaks of the necessity of complex multipass methods to guarantee information wiping The detailed theory of guaranteed information wiping is described in an article by Peter Gutmann Please see Secure Deletion of Data from Magnetic and Solid State Memory 7 6 4 2 Information wiping methods used by Acronis The table below briefly describes information wiping methods used by Acronis Each description features the number of hard disk sector passes along with the number s written to each sector byte The description of built in information wiping methods United States Department of Defense 5220 22 M United States NAVSO P 5239 26 RLL pass randomly selected symbols to each byte of each sector 2 complementary to written during the 1 pass 3 random symbols again 4 writing verification 1 pass 0x01 to all sectors 2 Ox27FFFFFF 3 random symbol sequences 4 verificat
185. he computer for example My home PC in the appropriate field and then select an icon for the computer You can type any name not necessarily the computer s network name If you prefer storing your data on the online storage in encrypted form click the Use encryption for enhanced protection link and then type an encryption key in the appropriate field Click the Register button After the computer connects to the Online Backup Server set up an online backup task for this computer For more information see Setting up online backup for a new computer p 99 4 Computer Selection eSEE mA Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup viadimir volkhonsky acronis com Help My account Log out Step 1 Computer selection I gt Select your current computer or register a new one If you only want to recover data you can select any computer Work Desktop Admin H Add a Admin Home What is an encryption key To protect your data on the online storage from unauthorized access you can use encryption In this case your files will be encrypted before transmission over the Internet and your data will be stored on the online storage in encrypted form To encrypt and decrypt your data the program needs the encryption key that you should specify when you register your computer An encryption key is a unique alphanumeric code like a password You can specify any set of characters you like Note that the key is case s
186. he curent to defadt J Storage cleanup Specify parameters for automatic Online storage cleanup Z Oelete versors that are older than 6 2 Months Store no more thane 10 111 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 5 3 6 4 Proxy settings If your computer is connected to the Internet using a proxy server you can adjust the proxy server settings To use the proxy server select the Use proxy check box Acronis Online Backup supports only http and https proxy servers To set up proxy server settings In the Host name box type the name or IP address of the proxy server such as proxy example com or 192 168 0 1 In the Port box type the proxy server s port such as 8080 In the User name and Password boxes type your credentials to connect to the proxy server To test the proxy server settings click the Test Connection button F E Optons a Online backup options Reset al to datat lt 7 Reset the current to defadt Connection atternpts w Proxy settings Storage connection speed If you connect to the Internet via proxy server specify its settings J Use oroxy Storage daarup Host mame proxy exarngle com Port 80 Proxy settings Username adniretrator Password eeeeeeeee Backup pricetty Test Connection Ema notification Pre Post commands Customer Experience Program If you do not know your proxy server settings contact your network administrator or Internet service provider for a
187. he selected Algorithm selection algorithm appears below the list To create and use your own algorithm select Custom To use a previously defined and saved custom method select Load from file Finish m Description Navy Staff Office Publication NAVSO Pub 5239 Information System Security INFOSEC Program Guidelines is issued by the Naval Informatio Systems Management Center Disk controllers use a variety of encoding techniques to convert the computerdata to a format suitable for the magnetic data storage media Typically ST506 style disk drives use Modified Frequency Modulation MFM encoding SCSI and ATA IDE drives use a Run Length Limite RLL encoding scheme If you are uncertain as to the drive encodin technique use this pattern Optional steps Post wiping actions lea After you select an algorithm Acronis DriveCleanser will perform all the actions necessary to destroy the contents of the selected partition or disk After this is done you will see a message indicating successful data destruction 185 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 Acronis DriveCleanser offers you another useful capability to estimate the results of executing a data destruction algorithm on a hard disk or partition It features an integrated Disk Editor hard disk browsing tool The aforementioned algorithms offer various levels of confidential data destruction Thus the picture you might see on a disk or partition
188. here is no Internet connection when the scheduled time comes you can force the missed backup to run when an Internet connection is established To do so select the Run when the connection is established check box Weekly execution parameters You can set up the following parameters for weekly task execution Frequency Weekly Select the days on which to execute the task by clicking on their names Start either at a certain time or upon a certain event If you select At set the task s start time Enter hours and minutes manually or set the desired start time by using the up and down buttons If you select Upon event choose the event you need At user logon At user logoff At system startup or At system shutdown To run a backup only at the first occurrence of the event select the Once a day only box Advanced settings To postpone a scheduled task until the next time the computer is not in use screen saver is displayed or computer is locked select the Run the task only when the computer is idle check box If the computer is switched off when the scheduled time comes the backup won t be performed but you can force the missed task to run at the next system start up To do so select the If missed run the task at startup check box If there is no Internet connection when the scheduled time comes you can force the missed backup to run when an Internet connection is established To do so select the Run when the connection is e
189. his item if you want to increase the size of Acronis Secure Zone gt Decrease size Select this item if you want to decrease the size of Acronis Secure Zone gt Remove Select this item if you want to remove Acronis Secure Zone gt Convert file system to NTFS Select this item to convert file system of Acronis Secure Zone to NTFS gt Change password Set or change the password for Acronis Secure Zone Increase size p 168 choose this item if you want to increase the size of the Acronis Secure Zone Decrease size p 168 choose this item if you want to decrease the size of the Acronis Secure Zone Remove p 170 choose this item if you want to remove the Acronis Secure Zone from your hard disk Convert file system to NTFS p 170 choose this item if you want to convert the zone file system from FAT32 to NTFS This item appears only if you have the Acronis Secure Zone created by a previous Acronis True Image Home 2011 version Change password p 169 choose this item if you want to change the password for accessing the Acronis Secure Zone Z 3 5 1 Increase size Select the partitions from which space will be used to increase the size of Acronis Secure Zone An unallocated space also might be selected To select a partition Select the appropriate partition s check box then click Next 7 3 5 2 Decrease size Select a partition that will receive free space after Acronis Secure Z
190. hoose it for your Linux data partition Linux Swap is a swap partition for Linux Choose it if you want to add more swap space using Linux Partition type In order to use the space on a hard disk it must be partitioned Partitioning is the process of dividing the hard disk s space into logical divisions Each logical division may function as a separate disk with an assigned drive letter its own file system etc Even if you do not intend to divide your hard disk into logical divisions it must be partitioned so that the operating system knows that it is intended to be left in one piece Choose the type of partition to be created You can define the new partition as primary or logical Primary choose this parameter if you are planning to boot from this partition Otherwise it is better to create a new partition as a logical drive You can have only four primary partitions per drive or three primary partitions and one extended partition Note If you have several primary partitions only one will be active at a time the other primary partitions will be hidden and won t be seen by the OS Mark the partition as active an active partition is used for loading an operating system Selecting Active for a partition without an installed operating system could prevent your computer from booting Logical choose this parameter if you don t intend to install and start an operating system from the partition A logical drive is part of a
191. hour i ES aa ee a Older Today Version pack This month block The selected Collapsed block Contains several versions Contains versions forthe backup version Click to view all the versions for the day click to view current month till the next that the block contains block The Now interval shows backup versions created during the last hour When using Nonstop Backup backup versions may be created as often as every five minutes The Today interval shows backup versions created from the beginning of the current day to the last hour The week interval can be named either Week ago or This week When today is Monday Tuesday or Wednesday the week interval is named Week ago In such cases the time line shows backup versions created during the previous week and from the beginning of the current week to the beginning of today When today is Thursday Friday Saturday or Sunday the week interval is named This week In such cases the time line shows backup versions created from the beginning of the current week to the beginning of today The month interval can be named either Month ago or This month When today is any date from the 1st to 15th day of the month the month interval is named Month ago In that case the time line shows backup versions created during the previous month and from the beginning of the current month to the week interval 30 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 When t
192. ications settings and all of your data while also securely destroying any confidential data you no longer need With this software you can back up selected files and folders settings and messages of Microsoft e mail clients or even the entire disk drive or selected partitions Acronis Online Backup will allow you to store your most important files on a remote storage Your data will be protected even if your computer is lost stolen or destroyed Acronis Nonstop Backup continuously saves changes in your system and files as often as every five minutes allowing you to rollback easily to any point in time if needed Should your disk drive become damaged or your system attacked by a virus or malware you can recover the backed up data quickly and easily eliminating hours or days of work trying to rebuild your disk drive s data and applications from scratch Acronis True Image Home 2011 provides you with all the essential tools to recover your computer system should a disaster occur such as losing data accidentally deleting critical files or folders or suffering a complete hard disk crash If failures occur that block access to information or affect system operation you will be able to recover the system and the lost data easily The unique technology developed by Acronis and implemented in Acronis True Image Home 2011 allows you to perform exact sector by sector disk backups This includes backups of all operating systems applications and co
193. ick the Back up now button Clicking Cancel will cancel One Click Backup If you decide to use this feature later click Tools amp Utilities in the main program menu and then choose Acronis One Click Backup Destination selection algorithm For those interested in how One Click Backup tool selects a destination for backup here is the algorithm the program uses 1 First of all the program estimates the space required for operation of the One Click Backup tool 2 If there is an external hard drive with enough free space the backups will be stored on that drive because such backup location will provide better protection for your computer 3 Ifthe first option is unavailable but you have at least two internal hard drives the program will back up to a non system hard drive using a partition with the maximum free space 4 If your computer has only one hard drive with several partitions not counting hidden ones then the program will use the non system partition with maximum free space What personal data is protected by One Click Backup The content of the personal data differs depending on your operating system For Windows 7 and Windows Vista The contents of C Users User folder Documents Desktop Contacts Downloads Favorites m Links Music m Pictures Saved Games For Windows XP The contents of C Documents and Settings User folder Documents Desktop Downloads Favorites Here User is
194. id not check the Burn to CD option at the previous step After booting from the CD DVD you can find the Acronis True Image Home 2011 plug in in Go System Storage Adding drivers BartPE supports adding two types of drivers storage drivers and network drivers For instructions on how to add drivers refer to PE builder driver help There is also an option to add storage drivers for RAID or SCSI devices during BartPE boot up You need to press F6 and point to the diskette with the drivers Common storage drivers are available at PE builder drivers When you boot from the newly created BartPE media Acronis True Image Home 2011 can be found here Go gt System Storage Acronis True Image Home 2011 7 2 3 Creating WinPE based rescue media To create a WinPE based rescue media you need to purchase and install Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack Acronis Plug in for WinPE can be added to WinPE distributions based on any of the following kernels Windows Vista PE 2 0 also suitable for Windows XP SP2 with KB926044 or later Windows Vista SP1 PE 2 1 also suitable for Windows XP SP2 with KB926044 or later Windows 7 PE 3 0 To be able to create or modify PE 2 x and 3 0 images you must have Windows Automated Installation Kit AIK installed If you do not have Windows AIK installed on your PC prepare as follows 1 Download and install Windows Automated Installation Kit AIK for Windows Vista and Windows
195. idation creates a consistent copy of the backup that does not contain deleted backup versions If you select a new location for the consolidated backup the source backup stays as is unless you delete it This requires more disk space but ensures security of the backup in case the consolidation fails because of power failure or a lack of disk space The current Acronis True Image Home 2011 version does not support consolidation of backups created in the zip format Acronis True Image Home 2011 cannot consolidate backup versions created when editing partition images mounted in the Read Write mode To consolidate backup versions in a backup Select a backup for consolidation on the main screen Click Operations on the selected backup s box and select More Consolidate versions Follow the wizard s steps You cannot choose another location when consolidating backup versions located in the Acronis Secure Zone 3 13 1 Archive to consolidate protection The archive you chose is password protected in order to prevent it from unauthorized access You need to specify the previously entered password to obtain access to the archive To specify the password Type in the password in the Password field If you enter the wrong password the consolidate archive procedure will not be able to continue m Click OK to continue 3 13 2 Backup selection The Backup selection window displays a list of backups belonging to the select
196. if you want to join the program Choose No do not accept if you do not want to join the program 9 Glossary of Terms A Acronis Secure Zone A secure partition for storing backups p 215 ona hard disk Advantages enables recovery of a disk to the same disk where the disk s backup resides offers a cost effective and handy method for protecting data from software malfunction virus attack operator error eliminates the need for a separate media or network connection to back up or recover the data Limitations 1 The Acronis Secure Zone cannot be created ona dynamic disk or a disk using the GPT partitioning style 2 The Acronis Secure Zone is not available as a location for backups in the recovery environment when you start Acronis True Image Home 2011 from bootable rescue media through Acronis Startup Recovery Manager or Bart PE Acronis Startup Recovery Manager A protection tool that allows to start standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2011 at boot time when F11 is pressed Acronis Startup Recovery Manager eliminates the need for rescue media Acronis Startup Recovery Manager is especially useful for mobile users If a failure occurs the user reboots the machine hits F11 on prompt Press F11 for Acronis Startup Recovery Manager and performs data recovery in the same way as with ordinary bootable media Limitations cannot be organized on a dynamic disk requires manual configuration o
197. ifferent drive letters to the partitions to be mounted click Options Mount Wizard Lo lba E Mount Wizard Required steps Summary Y Archive selection Partitions to mount 1 Mode Read Partition 1 Drive letter G File system NTFS Label New Volume Size 16 GB Cluster size 4 KB Optional steps Drive letter Options Proceed Cancel 201 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 You can also select a letter to be assigned to the virtual disk from the Mount letter drop down list If you do not want to mount a partition select Do not mount in the list or clear the partition s check box p Mount Wizard Required steps V Finish Drive letter G Mount Wizard Y Archive selection Drive letter Select partitions to mount and assign drive letter ee amp Properties Partition Mount letter F Disk 2 V NTFS New Volume D Pri Capa Free Sane Tae 16 00GB 15 64 GB NTFS Mount the partitions in the read write mode 4 Ifyou select the Mount the partitions in the read write mode box the program assumes that the mounted image will be modified and creates an incremental backup file to capture the changes It is strongly recommended that you list the forthcoming changes in the Comments section to this file For you to be able to make comments the optional Comments step appears in the wizard 5 Ha
198. ight Acronis Inc 2000 2010 In some cases the operation may take a long time to be completed If this is the case select the Shutdown the computer after completion check box When the operation finishes Acronis True Image Home 2011 will turn the computer off 7 6 3 System Clean up The System Clean up wizard enables you to securely remove all traces of your PC actions stored by Windows It can carry out the following operations Securely destroy data in the Windows Recycle Bin Remove temporary files from appropriate Windows folders Clean up hard disk free space of any traces of information previously stored on it Remove traces of file and computer searches on connected disks and computers in the local area network Clean the recently used documents list Clean the Windows Run list Clean the opened saved files history Clean the list of network places to which the user has connected using network credentials Clean the Windows prefetch directory where Windows stores information about programs you have executed and run recently Windows Vista and Windows 7 do not store information on file and computer searches Furthermore information on opened saved files is stored differently in the registry so the wizard shows this information in a different way KK Please be aware that Windows stores passwords until the session ends so cleaning the list of network user credentials will not take effect until you end
199. ile in the Try mode and then decide to discard your changes those files document changes and mail will no longer exist If you use POP email make sure to change the settings in your e mail to leave your mail on the server before you activate the Try mode This way you can always retrieve your email again Similarly save new files and or edited documents to a drive not protected by Try amp Decide After starting Try mode you can safely install any system updates drivers and applications without worrying about what might happen to your system If anything goes wrong you can simply discard the changes made in the Try mode D Try amp Decide Try amp Decide is off 7 Click to start When Try amp Decide is on you can install unsafe software visit untrusted Web sites open suspicious e mails and perform any other potentially dangerous operations without risk Try amp Decide lets you apply or discard changes to your computer Learn more Options Protected partitions C Storage for virtual changes C ies Used space Used by Try amp Decide Available 7 454 GB 0 bytes 8 511 GB Notifications Notify me if free disk space is less than 500 MB and Try amp Decide has been working for 10 Minutes Change alert settings l Reset settings to default One of the best features of Try amp Decide is that it isolates your real operating system from changes to the temporary operating system duplicate ma
200. ing backups Certain Windows applications such as Acronis disk management tools can access the Acronis Secure Zone When you create an Acronis Secure Zone an icon appears under My Computer in the Other section Double clicking on the Acronis Secure Zone icon opens the Secure Zone and you can view all the backups it contains You can also open the Secure Zone by right clicking on its icon and choosing Open in the shortcut menu Double clicking on a backup icon shows all backup versions full incremental differential contained in that backup Right clicking on a specific backup version opens the shortcut menu allowing you to choose a desired operation For example you can choose mount for image backups recover validate update remove the backup and view the backup s details If Acronis Secure Zone is password protected any operation except viewing backup details will require entering the password Double clicking on a backup will start the default operation Mount for image backups and Recovery for data backups The shortcut menu that appears after right clicking on the Acronis Secure Zone icon has two more items Create Shortcut for placing it on the Desktop and Explore for exploring the zone contents Choosing Explore opens Windows Explorer with the Acronis Secure Zone selected on the directory tree This lets you explore the zone contents The Acronis Secure Zone is available as a location to store backup files as long a
201. ing file is created on the host partition outside the virtual one Microsoft states that you should estimate approximately 5 GB of available space in addition to the maximum size of the vhd file So the estimated free space is the size of your system partition plus 5 GB From the above it follows that you cannot boot from the vhd file if it is located on your system partition 6 Reboot the computer and select the new entry in the Acronis Boot Sequence Manager list for booting then click OK If Windows boots normally you can be quite sure that the backup will recover to a bootable Windows 7 operating system 7 After making sure that the tib image is bootable you can remove its entry from the Acronis Boot Sequence Manager list To do so select the entry and click Remove on the toolbar Acronis True Image Home 2011 will ask to confirm removal You may also want to delete the vhd file used for booting If so open Windows Explorer and delete the file 7 9 4 Acronis Boot Sequence Manager Acronis Boot Sequence Manager allows you to add Windows 7 system partition images to the booting list and then manage the list You can add to the list images backed up both in the vhd and tib formats Adding a tib image requires converting it into the vhd format More detailed information on booting from tib images is provided in the previous section Actual booting is carried out using Windows boot loader Acronis Boot Sequence Manager just adds virtual di
202. ings for the second partition Click New location and then select unallocated space on the destination disk that will receive the second partition Click Accept Check the partition type change if necessary Specify the partition size which by default is equal to the original size Usually there is no free space after the last partition Therefore allocate all of the unallocated space to the second partition Click Accept and then click Next 10 Carefully read the summary of operations to be performed If you do not want to validate the backup click Proceed Otherwise click Options and select the Validate backup archive before recovery box before clicking Proceed 11 When the operation finishes exit the standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2011 Windows should not see both the new and old drive during the first boot after recovery because this could result in problems booting Windows If you upgrade the old drive to a larger capacity new one disconnect the old drive before the first boot Switch off the computer if you need to disconnect the old drive Otherwise just reboot the computer after removing the rescue media Boot the computer to Windows It may report that new hardware the hard drive has been found and that Windows needs to reboot After making sure that the system operates normally restore the original boot order 4 5 2 Recovering a disk with a hidden partition A hidden partition may be created by the P
203. interval If the number of backup versions within the time interval is too big to fit onto the time line the horizontal scroll line allows you to navigate through the backup versions within the time interval If you select another folded block and there is no room for displaying all backup versions of the newly expanded block then the current expanded block will collapse By clicking on a backup version you select it in the Backup Explorer Shortcut menus Right clicking on the time line opens the shortcut menu The menu contents will change depending on the selected item Today 35 16 42 16 56 16 57 m Recover Validate Convert to Windows backup Mount Delete version View Disk backup version Recover Validate Convert to Windows backup Mount Delete version File backup version Validate m Delete version Nonstop backup version and online backup version Explore and recover Delete version Backup version packs and time blocks Right clicking on a folded version pack or time interval s block opens the shortcut menu with a single item Expand Viewing additional information on the time line You can also set up the time line to show additional information The appropriate commands are available in the View submenu The View submenu is opened by right clicking on a backup version or by right clicking on time line s free space 5 57 l Show software i
204. ion 1 6 alternate sequences of 0x00 and OxFF 7 OxAA i e 0x00 OxFF 0x00 OxFF 0x00 OxFF OxAA Russian GOST P50739 95 1 Logical zeros 0x00 numbers to each byte of each sector for 6 to 4 security level systems Randomly selected symbols numbers to each byte of each sector for 3 to 1 security level systems United States NAVSO 1 pass 0x01 to all sectors 2 Ox7FFFFFFF 3 P 5239 26 MFM random symbol sequences 4 verification Semanas a Bruce Schneier s method Bruce Schneier offers a seven pass overwriting method in his Applied Cryptography book 1 pass OxFF 2na pass 0x00 and then five times with a Peter Gutmann s method 35 Peter Gutmann s method is very sophisticated It s based on his theory of hard disk information wiping see Secure Deletion of Data from Magnetic and Solid State Memory o ee cryptographically secure pseudo random sequence e 4 Logical zeros 0x00 numbers to all sectors to wipe 7 7 Mounting an image Acronis True Image Home 2011 offers mounting for images and exploring for both images and file level backups Exploring images and file level backups lets you view their contents and copy the selected files to a hard disk To explore a backup in Windows Explorer double click on the corresponding tib file You can also right click on the file and choose Explore in the shortcut menu When you copy files from a backup being explored the c
205. ion if necessary y F My computer i System partition with Windows 7 SS Documents Desktop Favorites etc a Personal data on your system partition Destination J 7 eo NTFS X Ena By default Acronis True Image Home 2011 will schedule subsequent full backups of the system partition once a month After completing a new full backup the program will delete the old one to save disk space The program also lets you enable continuous protection of your personal data For information on the default content of that data see What personal data is protected by One click Backup p 19 After the selected items are backed up you can change the default settings for My computer backup and personal data backup To do this select the appropriate backup on the main screen and then click Edit backup settings in the Operations menu If you choose a removable media as the backup destination for instance an USB hard drive it will be made bootable by default In other words a bootable recovery environment a standalone Acronis True Image Home 2011 version and the backed up data will be written to the removable media You will be able to run Acronis True Image Home 2011 from the removable media on a bare metal system or a crashed computer that cannot boot Just make the removable media device the first boot device in BIOS boot to Acronis True Image Home 2011 and recover your system and or personal data To start One Click Backup cl
206. ions Backup versions are the file or files created during each backup operation If you do not use consolidation feature the amount of versions created is always equal to the amount of times the backup is executed or to the amount of stored points in time So a version represents a point in time to which the system or data can be recovered To put it another way backup versions represent full incremental and differential backups see Full incremental and differential backups p 36 There is one more type of incremental backup version If you mount a partition in the read write mode the program assumes that the mounted image will be modified and creates an incremental version to capture the changes This type of incremental version has somewhat different properties For example it cannot be consolidated The backup versions are similar to file versions The file versions concept is familiar to those who use a Windows Vista and Windows 7 feature called Previous versions of files This feature allows you to restore a file as it existed on a particular date and time A backup version allows you to recover your data in a similar way This could be useful when trying to find damaged or deleted files Simply browse through the backup versions in the Acronis Backup Explorer until you find the backup version containing the required files Additionally you can recover different saved versions of the found files Disk cloning This operation
207. ions in the shortcut menu Google Desktop opens the Preferences window in your browser Make sure that Acronis Indexer Acronis Backups is selected in the Indexing Plug ins area F Google Desktop Preferences Microsoft Internet Explorer DER w Fie Edit View Favorites Tools Help A a r3 n A e gt 2 A A Search K Favorites Media 8 1 Re Address http 127 0 0 1 4664 options amp s WaAs4 WOR MeATS103cEjF8DISYI Go Links Email V Word M Calendar Chats V Excel M Tasks Web history M PowerPoint M Notes Media files M PDF E Journal Text and other files V Contacts E Archives ZIP A 9 9 S 0 Password protected Office documents Word Excel O Secure pages HTTPS in web history Indexing Plug ins Index these additional items Acronis Indexer Acronis Backups To install plug ins to index other items visit the Plug ins Download page Search Locations Index additional drives and networked folders All fixed drives are indexed by default Add drive or folder to search Do not search the following files folders or web sites Add file or folder to exclude or http Add URL Internet Acronis Inc 2000 2010 5 4 Right click on the Google Desktop icon in your system tray once more and select Indexing gt Re Index Click Yes in the confirmation window that appears Google Desktop will add all the new content to the existing index Give
208. isables APIC Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller and may help with a particular hardware configuration nousb Disables loading of USB modules nousb2 Disables USB 2 0 support USB 1 1 devices still work with this option This option allows using some USB drives in USB 1 1 mode if they do not work in USB 2 0 mode quiet This parameter is enabled by default and the startup messages are not displayed Deleting it will result in the startup messages being displayed as the Linux kernel is loaded and the command shell being offered prior to running the Acronis program nodma Disables DMA for all IDE disk drives Prevents kernel from freezing on some hardware nofw Disables FireWire IEEE1394 support nopcmcia Disables PCMCIA hardware detection nomouse Disables mouse support module name off Disables the module e g sata_sis off pci bios Forces to use PCI BIOS and not to access the hardware device directly For instance this parameter may be used if the machine has a non standard PCI host bridge pci nobios Disallows use of PCI BIOS only direct hardware access methods are allowed For instance this parameter may be used if you experience crashes upon boot up probably caused by the BIOS pci biosirq Uses PCI BIOS calls to get the interrupt routing table These calls are known to be buggy on several machines and they hang the machine when used but on other computers it is the only way to g
209. ition or a primary partition together with a logical 180 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 one then no unallocated space will be reserved for system needs Later you may convert this unallocated area into a primary disk if there is any need for it File System Choose the file system type for partition being created and click Next to continue Different partitions may have different type of file system You can either leave the partition unformatted or choose between the following file system types NTFS is a Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 native file system Choose it if you use these operating systems Note that Windows 95 98 Me and DOS cannot access NTFS partitions FAT 32 is an improved 32 bit version of the FAT file system that supports volumes up to 2 TB FAT 16 native DOS system Most operating systems recognize it However if your disk drive is more than 4 GB it is not possible to format it in FAT16 Ext2 is a Linux native file system It is fast enough but it is not a journaling file system Ext3 officially introduced with Red hat Linux version 7 2 Ext3 is a Linux journaling file system It is forwards and backwards compatible with Linux Ext2 It has multiple journaling modes as well as broad cross platform compatibility in both 32 bit and 64 bit architectures ReiserFS is a journaling file system for Linux Generally it is more reliable and faster than Ext2 C
210. izard G Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard WS Please specify settings for the partition being created y Space allocation 5MB 155968 a a M sctonis secure Zone Space available Acronis Secure Zone 7 818 GB Next gt Cancel The minimum size is about 50 MB depending on the geometry of the hard disk The maximum size is equal to the disk s unallocated space plus the total free space on all partitions selected at the previous step When creating enlarging the Acronis Secure Zone the program will first use the unallocated space If the unallocated space is not enough to achieve the desired size the selected partitions will be decreased in size Resizing of partitions may require the computer to be rebooted When reducing the size of the Acronis Secure Zone if there is any unallocated space on the hard disk it will be allocated to the selected partitions along with the space freed up from the Acronis Secure Zone Thus no unallocated space will remain on the disk Please keep in mind that reducing a system partition to the minimum size may prevent your operating system from booting up To specify the size of the Acronis Secure Zone Drag the slider to the appropriate position or type an exact value into the Acronis Secure Zone size field 167 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 7 3 9 Managing Acronis Secure Zone You can manage the Acronis Secure Zone o amp gt Increase size Select t
211. k up now or Validate backup respectively in the main window Advanced settings Clicking Advanced settings allows you to specify the following additional settings for backup and validation To postpone a scheduled operation until the next time the computer is not in use a screen saver is displayed or computer is locked select the Run the backup only when the computer is idle check box If you schedule validation the check box will change to Run the validation only when the computer is idle f you want to wake up the sleeping hibernating computer to perform the scheduled operation select the Wake up the sleeping hibernating computer check box If the computer is switched off when the scheduled time comes the operation won t be performed You can force the missed operation to run at the next system startup To do so select the Run at system startup check box If you schedule a backup to a USB flash drive or validation of a backup that is located on a USB flash drive one more check box appears Run when the current device is attached Selecting the check box will let you perform a missed operation when the USB flash drive is attached if it was disconnected at the scheduled time Run the backup upon HDD alarm available when Acronis Drive Monitor is installed if enabled the backup will run as soon as there is an alarm on Acronis Drive Monitor about a potential problem with one of the hard disks in the backup source Acroni
212. kia daidai E ai ianei esta 179 7 5 3 Add NEW disk SUMIMALY cccsscscsssescsseescsscsscecssessssessesscseesesseessssusssssessssssssesecaessessesassssseseeseeeaesaueaeeaeseeesss 182 7 6 Security and Privacy Tools science ae aeie al Me Ata eed 183 7 6 1 Acronis DriveCleanser 7 6 2 File shredder n erraia FOB E EEE AE EAE AAAA S A 7 6 4 Hard Disk Wiping method Sesan an A E E E ARES 198 Z7 gt MOUNTING ANIMA BO enone oi e AER A E ER EEEE RIAA EREA ORRERA 200 7 8 Unmo nting AN Mages a e e ta EEE a EE a Ea iE 202 7 9 Working withevhd files is mnenieusen nnna a E e E NE 203 7 9 1 Converting tib images into vhd virtual disks and vice versa ccsessesessessesscseeseessescsseseeecseesesseeaeeeeesenees 203 7 9 2 Recovery using vhd files created by Windows Backup ccccscscsssscsscsscsecssesesecsessessesessessessessesseseseesees 205 7 9 3 Booting from a tib image of your Windows 7 system partition 0 cceeseesseteeseesesesereesseesessesseseeees 206 7 9 4 Acronis Boot Sequence MANABE S scsscesscsscsssssscesecsecssscsscssecsesesssssscseceeseseessesecsessaeceseseseseaeseesenesenseaes 207 7 10 Importing and exporting backup SettingS ccccccccccssssssssececececsesesssaeeeeeesseesesneaeeeeeeeseeseaaees 207 Troubleshooting igsi s cid ccccccecceiisccecssicceded Ear E REE EP NSST NEEE TASEA VENNO E E ESEE AAEE SAKENS oes 209 8 1 General recommendations aaeain Ved ANAE AA AANEEN AAEE 209 8 2 Acr nis Systermi Reportera Secs a
213. l allow you to use Acronis Startup Recovery Manager again 135 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 Try amp Decide and Nonstop Backup cannot work simultaneously Starting the Try mode suspends Nonstop Backup Nonstop Backup will resume after you stop the Try mode 6 5 2 Starting the Try mode To start the Try mode m Click Try amp Decide in the main program menu Set up the Try amp Decide options Protected partitions p 137 Storage for virtual changes p 137 Alert settings p 137 Start the Try mode by clicking the Try amp Decide icon The program starts tracking all changes made to the OS and files and temporarily stores all the changes on the selected disk Every soft reboot of your computer while in the Try mode will result in adding up to 500 MB of Try amp Decide s housekeeping data into the storage selected for storing virtual changes This data will be added even if the protected partition has not changed between reboots Having performed all the changes you wanted to try click the Try amp Decide icon again to turn off the Try mode The program will ask if you want to apply or to discard the changes Acronis True Image Home 2011 will track changes until the disk space in the location selected for storing virtual changes remains sufficient for applying the changes if you choose to apply them Then the program will alert you that the time has come to make a decision on whether to apply or discard the chang
214. l data from the source Only the following file types All data except the following file type bases doc x pet x rtf x i dom ei imm pdf x Categories 3 7 E My_docs x A Documents Finance E Images E Music D Video Exclude systern files the specified custom tems 7 Beck Up Now Saveand Close Cancel To set a filter select its type Only the following file types or All data except the following file types You can add file types for the selected filter by entering their extensions in the appropriate field one at a time and then clicking Add The added file types appear in the window below 5 3 5 2 Excluding items from online backup Excluding unnecessary files from online backup may be useful as the data transfer rate and available storage space are limited To exclude files click the corresponding link at the bottom of the What to back up window You can exclude hidden and system files from online backup by selecting the corresponding check boxes 4p Fe Excuson i Specify files to exclude Hidden files System files 4 Files matching the following criteria File extension mask or path e x tmp E tib x ia OK Cancel In addition you can exclude files meeting the criteria you specify To do this select the Files matching the following criteria check box enter the exclusion criterion and then click Add
215. l your backups on the time line In addition you can start recovery of disks and partitions right from the time line Enhanced scheduler the completely redesigned scheduler makes scheduling much easier In addition it now allows you to wake up the sleeping hibernating computer to perform a backup The At system shutdown and At user logoff options are now available to users of Windows Vista and Windows 7 Drag amp Drop functionality you can recover backed up files by dragging them from Acronis Time Explorer to your Desktop or a folder of your choice In addition you can create shortcuts for backups by dragging their boxes from the My backups area on the main screen to your Desktop This will allow you to run a backup by simply double clicking on its shortcut You can also create shortcuts for frequently used Acronis tools by dragging their icons from the Start menu to the Desktop Integration with Windows 7 Control Panel Acronis True Image Home 2011 replaces Windows Backup in the Backup and Restore item The Backup and Restore window will show the Nonstop Backup and your oldest disk or partition backup You will be able to recover the backed up data refresh the backups and pause start Nonstop Backup directly from the Control Panel 1 1 5 System requirements and supported media 1 1 5 1 Minimum system requirements Acronis True Image Home 2011 has minimum hardware requirements corresponding to that of the operating system
216. lder containing the backup files Edit backup settings allows editing of the current backup settings Recreate backup settings available only for backups manually added to the backup list allows configuring the settings for image file and e mail backups created by a previous Acronis True Image Home 2011 version This item may also appear for backups created on another computer and added to the backup list without importing their settings Validate backup starts backup validation Delete backup deletes all backup versions of the current backup at their location Be careful as the deletion cannot be undone More opens the following additional items Create shortcut creates a shortcut on the Desktop The shortcut allows you to run a backup without starting Acronis True Image Home 2011 Consolidate versions allows you to delete the backup versions you no longer need while maintaining the consistency of the backup Clone backup settings clones the current backup settings when you need to create several similar backups Clone the backup settings and then introduce the required changes Move backup allows moving all the backup files to another location The subsequent backup versions will be saved to the new location If you change the backup destination by editing the backup settings only new backup versions will be saved to the new location The earlier backup versions will remain in the old location
217. lecting a destination CiSk ccccccccccccsssssssseceeeeecessessceeeeeesesssessaeees 174 MOVGIMGthOd s ssccecessccivestsacecesadscesancdedesasoaaceveusuncesabodseesandancesengciceveucanceses 174 Manual partitioning ccccccccccccesssssssececeeeceseesseaececeessesseseaeeeeeesseeees 175 Cloning SUMMAI oicec lt oexccceeccdecess a ucceecigics oo atiro deeandrde ieai aaa 177 7 4 1 General information Sooner or later most computer users find that their hard disk is too small If you just don t have space for more data you can add another disk just for data storage as described in the following chapter However you might find that your hard disk does not have enough space for the operating system and installed applications preventing you from updating your software or installing new applications In this case you have to transfer the system to a higher capacity hard disk To transfer the system you must first install the disk in the computer If your computer doesn t have a bay for another hard disk you can temporarily install it in place of your CD drive or use a USB 2 0 connection to the external target disk If that is not possible you can clone a hard disk by creating a disk image and recovering it to a new hard disk with larger partitions On program screens damaged partitions are marked with a red circle and a white cross inside in the upper left corner Before you start cloning you should check such disks for errors and
218. les Acronis Universal Restore is unavailable when recovering the system partition from an Acronis Nonstop Backup Before proceeding with recovery make sure you have drivers for the hard disk drive controller or chipset drivers for the new motherboard These drivers are critical for booting the operating system You can download the drivers for your motherboard on the Vendor s web site Please note that if you downloaded the drivers in exe cab zip format you should extract them first The driver files should have inf sys or oem extensions Recovering your system with the help of Acronis Universal Restore 1 Select a backup containing your system partition in the My Backups area on the main screen 2 Click the Recover button on the backup s box if the backup consists of a single version When there are several backup versions click Explore and recover Select the backup version you want to recover on the Disks and partitions tab and then click Recover 3 When the Disk Recovery window opens select the system partition s check box and choose the recovery destination 4 Select the Use Universal Restore check box Then click Settings to open the Drivers manager window 5 Ifthe target hardware has a specific mass storage controller such as an SCSI RAID or Fibre Channel adapter for the hard disk s specify where to find the driver s for the specific hardware If the driver s is stored on a diskette or CD select th
219. les CDRecord File Folder 5 6 2010 9 45 4 B p Common Files MediaBuilderHome File Folder 5 6 2010 9 46 1 a TEL Arennie _ OnlineBackupStandalone File Folder 5 6 2010 9 46 0 4 m Schedule2 File Folder 5 6 2010 9 46 1 Legend V Yo SnapAPI File Folder 5 6 2010 9 46 1 TruelmageHome File Folder 5 6 2010 9 46 0 P hem has been modified locally UniversalRestore File Folder 5 6 2010 9 45 4 XX Item has been deleted locally Item has not been backed up completely APRIL 10 K To remove the selected computer from the registered computers list and delete all its online backups from the Online Storage click Options gt Remove from Online Storage and then click Yes in the confirmation window Online data management You can back up data only from the current computer You can specify what data to back up what data to exclude from the backup schedule the online backup task and recover data from the Online Storage In addition you can delete from the Online Storage files and folders you do not need anymore Every time you back up the same file Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup creates versions of the file on the Online Storage When recovering the file you will be able to select the version that you need For all other computers you can only browse and recover the backed up data that is stored on the Online Storage Toolbar The toolbar contains the following buttons Back Up
220. lished To do so select the Run when the connection is established check box 5 3 5 4 Credentials In some cases when you plan an operation to be performed in the future you have to specify the credentials Windows account name and password of the user For example this is required when you schedule a backup or specify Pre Post commands for backup operation If you do not enter the credentials scheduled execution will be impossible To specify the credentials Enter the user name in the appropriate field By default this field displays the current user name Enter the password in the appropriate field If you do not enter the password or enter an incorrect password the program will notify you that the credentials are not valid 5 3 5 5 Backup operation progress Once an online backup is started either manually or on schedule the backup progress window appears In this window Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup shows the approximate backup time and data transfer speed The progress bar indicates the level of completion of the online backup In some cases the online backup operation may take a long time to be completed If this is the case select the Shut down the computer after the backup is complete check box When the backup finishes Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup will turn the computer off You can also close the progress window by clicking Hide The backup will continue but you will be able to clos
221. lls Acronis WinPE ISO builder and provides support for dynamic GPT disks Here are the features of Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack in more details Support of dynamic GPT disks operations with dynamic GPT disks expand the range of hard drive configurations supported by Acronis True Image Home 2011 Dynamic disks offer greater flexibility for volume management and may provide benefits in computers with more than one hard drive GUID Partition Table GPT is a new hard disk partitioning scheme providing advantages over the old MBR partitioning scheme It was introduced as a part of the Extensible Firmware Interface EFI initiative Users of Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack have the Universal Restore feature available to them Acronis Universal Restore lets you restore an image of a Windows operating system to a different hardware environment You can restore information on independent computers regardless of the hardware used on the independent computer This may come in handy for example after replacing a damaged motherboard or when deciding to migrate your system from a desktop to a laptop For more information see Acronis Universal Restore p 86 Acronis WinPE ISO builder This program adds Acronis True Image Home 2011 plug in to WinPE Windows Preinstallation Environment distributions based on any of the following kernels WinPE 1 5 2 x 3 0 To be able to create or modify PE 2 x and 3 0 images you must have Window
222. low the instructions on the page For more details see Subscription information p 95 Connecting to the online storage To access the online storage Enter the E mail address and password of your Acronis account and then click the Log In button If you want the program to remember your password select the Remember my password check box In this case you will not have to enter your password every time you log in to the online storage have forgotten your password click Forgot password and follow the instructions on the opened Web page A new password will be sent to you by e mail have forgotten which e mail address you used for opening your Acronis account click Forgot Registration E mail and follow the instructions on the opened Web page connect to the Internet via a proxy server click Proxy settings and then provide the settings for your proxy server For more information see Proxy settings p 112 4 Online Storage Login ecm C fina Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup You are not logged in Help Enter e mail and password gt Subscribe to Online Backup service Forgot Registration E mail Remember my password Forgot Password Proxy settings 5 3 2 Computer selection If this is the first time that you are logging on to the online storage you will be prompted to register your computer on the online storage To register a computer on the online storage Type a name for t
223. lready have bad sectors If the Ignore bad sectors check box is left unselected a backup is aborted in case of read and or write errors that could occur on the bad sectors Selecting this box lets you run a backup even if there are bad sectors on the hard disk ensuring that you save as much information from the hard drive as possible When not enough space in ASZ delete the oldest backup the preset is enabled When this setting is disabled and there is not enough space in the Acronis Secure Zone for the backup file being created the program will display a dialog warning you that the zone is full and will require your action The backup is suspended until you take a desired action and this makes unattended backups impossible The dialog opens even when the Do not show messages and dialogs while processing silent mode setting is enabled So it is advisable to select the When not enough space in ASZ delete the oldest backup check box when planning unattended scheduled backups to the Acronis Secure Zone 3 11 11 Computer shutdown If you know that the backup process you are configuring may take a long time you may select the Shut down the computer after the backup is complete check box In this case you will not have to wait until the operation completion The program will perform the backup and turn off your computer automatically This option is also useful when you schedule your backups For example you may want to perform backups every w
224. making a disk image will save you a lot of valuable time in case of a disaster It will also safeguard you against other possible problems Backing up the entire system disk takes more disk space but enables you to recover the system in minutes in case of a system crash or hardware failure Moreover the imaging procedure is much faster than copying files Because images can save you a lot of time when you need to recover the operating system or data we recommend that you make them part of your backup strategy If you have multiple partitions on a drive it is advisable to include all of them in the image Failure of the hard drive in most cases will mean that all the partitions it contains also fail Although we strongly recommend you to create images of your hard disk on a regular basis it should only be a part of a reliable backup strategy Do you have bank records family photos videos etc you accumulated on your computer for several years Hardware and software can be replaced your personal data cannot because it is unique So you should also safeguard your personal data using file and folder backups This is true even if your image backup contains that data After the initial full backup file backups usually take little time to run making it easy to back up your data once or even several times a day This ensures that your most recent backup is never more than a day old But file and folder backups alone are not sufficient for t
225. n a separate file with its own name If you try to write a new algorithm to an already existing file the existing file s contents will be erased 7 6 1 3 Post wiping actions In the Post wiping actions window you can select actions to be performed on the partitions selected for data destruction Acronis DriveCleanser offers you three options No action just destroy data using the algorithm selected below Delete partition destroy data and delete partition Format destroy data and format partition default fi SSS Acronis DriveCleanser gt a a Acronis DriveCleanser Required steps Post wiping actions wc source selection Select actions to be performed after the data is wiped YV Algorithm selection No action V Finish Do nothing with the wiped partitions Note that the wiped partitions will be unusable until formatted Delete partitions Delete the partition from the partition table Format Format the wiped partitions with the current file systems Post wiping actions Proceed Cancel Acronis DriveCleanser cannot delete partitions on dynamic disks so if you select to wipe only dynamic disks the Delete partition s option will be unavailable If you select partitions on both basic and dynamic disks Acronis DriveCleanser will leave the dynamic ones as is after completing the wiping 7 6 1 4 Disk wiping summary The summary window contains the list of ope
226. n choose to recover the entire disk at once by clicking Switch to disk mode To be able to select partitions again click Switch to partition mode b In the Choose recovery destination field below the partition name select the destination partition Those partitions where the partition to be recovered can fit are marked by black lettering Unsuitable partitions are marked by red lettering Note that all data on the destination partition will be lost because it is replaced by the recovered data and file system c After you finish with your selections click Recover now to start recovery Sometimes you need to recover the MBR Master Boot Record For instance it may be necessary when Windows does not boot after recovery To recover the MBR either together with the partition or individually select the MBR check box If you recover the entire disk the Recover disk signature check box appears Disk signature is a part of a hard disk MBR It is used for uniquely identifying the disk media We recommend that you select the Recover disk signature check box due to the following reasons Acronis True Image Home 2011 creates scheduled backups using the signature of the source hard disk If you recover the same disk signature you don t need to re create or edit the backups created previously Some installed applications use a disk signature for licensing and other purposes We recommend that you clear the Recover disk signature check box
227. n correctly identifying the disks and partitions You won t be able to use the previously activated Acronis Startup Recovery Manager if the Try amp Decide is turned on Rebooting the computer in the Try mode will allow you to use Acronis Startup Recovery Manager again 4 11 About recovery of dynamic GPT disks and volumes 1 Acronis True Image Home 2011 supports recovery of dynamic volumes to the following locations on the local hard drives tothe original location to the same dynamic volume to another dynamic disk or volume to unallocated space of the dynamic group toa basic disk If a dynamic volume is recovered to an unallocated space of the dynamic group the recovered volume type will be the same as it was in the backup Manual resizing of dynamic volumes during recovery to dynamic disks is not supported If you need to resize a dynamic volume during recovery it should be recovered to a basic disk When performing a so called bare metal recovery of dynamic volume s to a new unformatted disk the recovered volumes become basic If you want the recovered volumes to remain dynamic the target disk s should be prepared as dynamic partitioned and formatted This can be done using third party tools for example Windows Disk Management snap in 2 The target disk s partition style after recovery if a GPT disk image is recovered over a GPT disk the target disk remains a GPT disk if a GPT disk image is recovered ove
228. n the backups After indexing you will be able to search backup content by entering a filename into the Google Desktop or Windows Search deskbar query field without opening Acronis True Image Home 2011 The search results will be shown in a browser window Using the search results you can Select any file and open it for viewing and or save that file back to anywhere in the file system not in the backup or where it was before See in which backup a given file is stored and recover that backup In addition to indexing the files in backups by their names the Google Desktop and Windows Search provide Acronis True Image Home 2011 with the ability to perform full text indexing of many files in your backups You will be able to use this feature and perform searches of the files content Full text indexing of files in backup archives is provided only for the file types recognizable by Google Desktop and Windows Search They recognize text files Microsoft Office files all Microsoft Office Outlook and Microsoft Outlook Express items and more The contents of password protected backups or backups protected by a password and encryption will not be indexed though Google Desktop and Windows Search provide search for the tib files of such backups Furthermore Google Desktop and Windows Search have no access to Acronis Secure Zone so these search engines will be unable to search and index backups in the zone 6 7 2 1 Using Google Desktop with A
229. name i Generate I name Files of type Backup Archives 1ib v O Cancel 4 If you store your backups on the network you should also check that you can access the network in the recovery environment This is necessary because when booted from the rescue media Acronis True Image Home 2011 might not detect the network If no computers are visible on the network but the Computers Near Me icon is found under My Computer see the screen shot ensure that a DHCP server is running on your network If you don t use a DHCP server specify network settings manually in the window available at Tools amp Utilities gt Options Network adapters If the Computers Near Me icon is not available under My Computer there may be problems either with your network card or with the card driver provided with Acronis True Image Home 2011 6 3 1 Selecting video mode when booting from the rescue media When booting from the rescue media the optimal video mode is selected automatically depending on the specifications of your video card and monitor However sometimes the program can select the wrong video mode which is unsuitable for your hardware In such case you can select a suitable video mode as follows 1 Start booting from the rescue media When the boot menu appears hover the mouse over Acronis True Image Home 2011 Full version item and press the F11 key 2 When the command line appears type vga ask without quotes and click O
230. ncremental versions select this item to create several backup version chains This is a more reliable but more space consuming backup scheme Automatic cleanup rules To delete obsolete backup versions automatically you can set one of the following cleanup rules Delete versions older than defined period available for full method only Select this option to limit the age of backup versions All versions that are older than the specified period will be automatically deleted Delete version chains older than defined period available for incremental and differential methods only Select this option to limit the age of backup version chains The oldest version chain will be deleted only if after deletion the age of the oldest version exceeds the specified period Store no more than n recent versions available for full method only Select this option to limit the maximum number of backup versions When the number of versions exceeds the specified value the oldest backup version will be automatically deleted Store no more than n recent version chains available for incremental and differential methods only Select this option to limit the maximum number of backup version chains When the number of version chains exceeds the specified value the oldest backup version chain will be automatically deleted Keep size of the backup no more than defined size Select this option to limit maximum size of the backup Afte
231. nd 256 bits to balance performance and protection as desired The 128 bit encryption key is sufficient for most applications The longer the key the more secure your data However the 192 and 256 bit long keys significantly slow down the backup process If you want to use AES encryption choose one of the following keys AES 128 to use 128 bit encryption key AES 192 to use 192 bit encryption key AES 256 to use 256 bit encryption key If you do not want to encrypt the backup and only want to protect a backup with a password select None Having specified the backup protection settings click OK If you try to recover data from a password protected backup or append an incremental backup to such a backup the program will ask for the password in a special window allowing access only to authorized users 3 11 4 Pre Post commands for backup You can specify commands or even batch files that will be automatically executed before and after the backup procedure For example you may want to start stop certain Windows processes or check your data before starting backup To specify commands batch files Select a command to be executed before the backup process starts in the Before backup process field To create a new command or select a new batch file click the Edit button Select a command to be executed after the backup process ends in the After backup process field To create a new command or select a new batc
232. nd the last differential backup Examples and recommendations To choose a desired backup method you need to configure a custom backup scheme For more information see Custom scheme p 55 You can choose any approach for each of your backup projects according to their size and frequency of file modifications For example if almost all the included files appear changed before an incremental backup starts the incremental backup will be almost of the same size as a full backup would be If so let it be Full to simplify the recovery A differential backup scenario uses the same weekly full system backup with the backup of files that have changed since the last full backup on a daily basis While this scheme takes up progressively more storage space as each new day of the week passes a recovery would only involve two backups the last FULL backup followed by the previous day s differential backup Many users prefer this method as it simplifies recovery and most backups are done overnight In these examples the only differences in the two backup scenarios are Incremental backups require less storage space while differential backups require more Incremental backups require all of the backups used for that week in order to do a complete recovery while the differential backup only requires a maximum of two backups at any given time An incremental or differential backup created after a disk is defragmented might be considerably larger
233. ndividual files and folders When selecting the file category ies to back up you can include the following default categories Documents Finance Images Video and Music Each category represents all files of associated types found on the computer s hard drives Furthermore you can add any number of custom categories containing files and folders The new categories will be saved and displayed along with the above You can change the contents of any custom or default file category edit the category or delete it The default file categories cannot be deleted T Iers to Back Up Seecton ee 22 Specify files to back up Folders LJ OnlineBackupStandalone Bubs a Nome s ee E O Doourents aw Se W O Progam Fies 7 O Common Fle Fokier i Acces Vi hop 110 KB Compied HTM zes 4 kove 120 KB Rich Text Docu E Wi Orinda 7 ob_cient_standird 12960 K8 Application gt Common Fies 7 BD othe 474KB Application Ext gt ComPius Appica 7 A ot_pet_erum a 80 8 Applicaton Ext 7 e pl reoot 4653 KB Aogication Categories Dy e ext stat 2832 KB Applicaton Y S Qto 2033 KB Applicaton Ext 7 S Qaa 7301 KB Apphcation Ext Y Ga TrueimageMoritor 2476 KB Application E dude system fies the x Red austor k Save and Ooze Carcel For more information on custom categories see Creating a custom data category p 104 If you do not want to keep the custom contents of the current backup by creating a data category simply s
234. need to check whether Acronis True Image Home 2011 detects the selected backup storage You need to check this both in Windows and when booted from the rescue media To gain access to an NDAS enabled storage device in many cases you will need to specify the NDAS device ID 20 characters and the write key 5 characters The write key allows you to use an NDAS enabled device in write mode e g for saving your backups Usually the device ID and write key are printed on a sticker attached to the bottom of the NDAS device or on the inside of its enclosure If there is no sticker you need to contact your NDAS device vendor to obtain that information Optical discs Blank optical discs such as DVD R DVD R are very cheap so they will be the lowest cost solution for backing up your data though the slowest one This is especially true when backing up directly to DVDs Furthermore if your backup consists of several DVDs data recovery from DVDs will require a lot of disc swapping On the other hand using Blu ray discs may be a viable option Due to the necessity of swapping discs it is strongly recommended to avoid backing up to DVDs if the number of discs is more than three When there is no alternative to backing up to DVDs we recommend to copy all DVDs to a folder on a hard disk and then to recover from that folder Acronis Online Backup Acronis True Image Home 2011 allows you to use Acronis Online Backup service for safeguarding your m
235. nfiguration files personal settings and data Acronis True Image Home 2011 helps you protect your identity as well Simply deleting old data will not remove it permanently from your computer Acronis True Image Home 2011 now includes Acronis DriveCleanser that permanently destroys files and wipes personal information from partitions and or entire disks as well as the System Clean up tool that cleans up your Windows system of all traces of user activity You can store backups on almost any PC storage device When performing scheduled backups Acronis True Image Home 2011 automatically selects a backup mode full incremental differential in accordance with the backup scheme set by the user Windows style interface and wizards will make your work easier Just perform a few simple steps and let Acronis True Image Home 2011 take care of everything else When a system problem occurs the software will get you up and running in no time 1 1 2 What is Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack is an add on to Acronis True Image Home 2011 It is purchased separately has a separate license and is installed from its own setup file Acronis True Image Home 2011 must be installed on your computer before the Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack can be installed Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack adds the Acronis Universal Restore option for use during recovery Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack also insta
236. ng For your backups to be really helpful they must be as up to date as possible This means that you should run backups on a regular basis say once a day Although creating an Acronis True Image Home 2011 backup is quite easy on occasion you may forget to do a backup With the scheduler you do not have to remember You can schedule automatic backups ahead of time Your data will be backed up as long as there is sufficient disk space Understanding these terms and concepts will be helpful when using the program s features 1 1 4 Newin Acronis True Image Home 2011 New user interface Redesigned user interface and usability enhancements based on the results of usability testing make Acronis True Image Home 2011 easier to use than ever before Predefined backup schemes Acronis True Image Home 2011 offers you predefined backup schemes designed for specific user needs from a disk space efficient scheme suitable for users with limited backup storage capabilities to a scheme for those users who need higher security for their data and system The program offers different backup schemes for disk and file type backups You just select a scheme and the program automatically manages your backups In addition you can create a custom backup scheme which will exactly suit your needs Check points The Acronis Backup Explorer timeline shows Windows and software installation and update dates Moving your mouse over a check point opens a
237. nisMedia iso 9 Acronis Compute with carfidence www acronis com Please click Proceed to start 8 Burn the ISO to a CD using a third party tool for example Nero and you will have a bootable Windows PE disc with Acronis True Image Home 2011 Once a machine boots into WinPE Acronis True Image Home 2011 starts automatically Be aware that startup may take a considerable amount of time 7 2 3 2 Adding the Acronis Plug in to the existing WinPE 2 x or 3 0 ISO To be able to add the Acronis Plug in you must first install Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack on your PC 1 Unpack all files of your Win PE 2 or 3 ISO to a separate folder on the hard disk 2 Select Acronis Plus Pack for Acronis True Image Home 2011 Acronis WinPE ISO Builder from the Start menu 3 Specify the path to the folder with the WinPE files Specify the full path to the resulting ISO file including the filename or leave the default path and filename AcronisMedia iso Check your settings in the summary screen and click Proceed Burn the ISO to a CD using a third party tool for example Nero and you will have a bootable Windows PE disc with Acronis True Image Home 2011 Once a machine boots into WinPE Acronis True Image Home 2011 starts automatically Be aware that startup may take a considerable amount of time 7 2 3 3 Adding the Acronis Plug in to WinPE 2 x or 3 0 WIM 1 Select Acronis Plus Pack for Acronis True Image Home 2011
238. nonymous information about your software and hardware configu ators collect anonymous information on how you use our software and services to identty trends and usage patterns Proxy settings Backup priority Agonis wi not cobect your name adress o any other personally identifatie information The information collected amp anonymous Emal notification Yes I want to paticpate in the progam Pre Post commands O No I do not accept Layn more about the Customer Experience Progam Customer Experience Pogam ox Carnet Note that you will be able to leave the program any time Click the Learn more link to read the terms of participation To make a decision Choose Yes want to participate in the program if you want to join the program Choose No do not accept if you do not want to join the program 5 4 Recovery from Online Storage In this section Recovering data from Online Storage ccccccsscssssecssssecssseessseesseeesees 117 Selecting a version tO FECOVEL ccccccssccececstececeesneeececsneeecseneeecseneeeeeees 118 Recovery Operation progress cesecsessececececeeeeneeaeceeeeeeeeneaneaeeeeeeeeeeees 119 5 4 1 Recovering data from Online Storage Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup allows you to browse and recover data that was backed up on Online Storage If you have backed up data from several computers select the computer from which you backed up the data you want to recover If the data
239. now on the backup box 4 Recovering data The purpose of data backup is to recover backed up data when the original is lost due to hardware failure fire theft or accidental deletion of files We hope that you backed up your system and data using the backup features provided by Acronis True Image Home 2011 If so nothing will have been lost The following sections describe how to recover disks partitions files and folders In most cases you will use Acronis Backup Explorer to recover files and folders For more information see Acronis Backup Explorer p 26 In this section Recovering your system after a Crash cccccccessssssseceeecessssesssaeeeeeeeseesees 68 Recovering partitions and disks cccsscccccceesesessaeeeeeeeseeseseeaeeeeeesseesees 73 Recovering partitions protected with Acronis Nonstop Backup 75 Recovering more than one partition at ONCE cccccccccsessssssseeeeeeeeseesees 75 Recovering a disk backup to a different disk under rescue media 76 Recovering data from file level DaCKUPS cccscceceessceeessseceeeesteeeeeees 80 Recovering file versions ccccccccsscececsscceseesececeesececeeseeeeeesaeeeeeeseeeeeees 82 Recovering to different hardWware ccccccccssscccecssececeesssceeeesseeeeeesseeeeeees 82 Acronis Universal Restore cccsccccssssececessnececeeneeeceeseeecsecaeeeeseqaeeeeseaaes 86 How to use Acronis Startup Recovery Mana get s0ssses
240. ns The remaining information on operation of that feature is written to its own log That log is not available to users as it is intended for Acronis Support personnel to help in troubleshoot the issues users have with the feature It is included in Acronis System Report If you want to view the log of Acronis True Image Home 2011 operations click Help View log in the upper right corner of the main window The program event list o Show for the period Today Show events 8 August 18 2010 16 20 07 Backup validation August 18 2010 15 59 57 August 18 2010 15 59 56 An error has occurred while obtaining the location information 18 Aug 10 16 00 35 oe The given URI is empty 18 Aug 10 16 00 35 Partition C August 18 2010 14 35 47 Operation Partition C started 18 Aug 10 14 35 46 ww Analyzing partition 0 0 18 Aug 10 14 35 46 Wg Analyzing partition 1 1 18 Aug 10 14 35 47 Analyzing partition C 18 Aug 10 14 35 47 g Analyzing partition 0 0 18 Aug 10 14 35 48 g Analyzing partition D 18 Aug 10 14 35 48 Analyzing partition 0 0 18 Aug 10 14 35 49 Analyzing partition E 18 Aug 10 14 35 49 To view the logs for a specific period select the period from the drop down list You can select Today Week and Month To view all logs select All To delete a log entry select it right click and select Delete in the shortcut menu To delete all log entries select Delete all You
241. ns and select the Use Acronis Universal Restore check box Choose recovery method Recover whole disks and partitions 4 Use Acronis Universal Restore Using Acronis Universal Restore you ore able to recover the image of a system volume on any computer regardless of what hardware configuration it has Divers manager D Recover chosen files and folders Select tiles and folders to recover torn the onginal disk backup 84 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 5 Ifthe target hardware has a specific mass storage controller such as an SCSI RAID or Fibre Channel adapter for the hard disk s specify where to find the driver s for the specific hardware at the Drivers manager step If the driver s is stored on a diskette or CD select the Search removable media for device drivers box If some drivers are stored on a local hard disk or a network share select the Search for device drivers in the following locations box when it is not selected by default Specify the path to the driver s after clicking Add Search Path assay ire feb lt 3 Recovery Wizard Required steps Drivers manager Specify additonal locotions where you wantto search for custom drivers of installed devices F Search removable media for device drivers 7 Search for device drivers in te following locations Add SEEN Pas ea EAN ath WTEMP SUPPORT Drivers When both boxes are selected at this step Acronis Universal
242. ns with special tools such as Acronis Disk Director Suite As a rule as is transfers are not recommended as they leave a lot of unallocated space on the new disk Using the as is method Acronis True Image Home 2011 transfers unsupported and damaged file systems If you transfer data proportionally each partition will be enlarged according to the proportion of the old and new disk capacities FAT16 partitions are enlarged less than others as they have a 4GB size limit Depending on the selected combination you will proceed to either the cloning summary window or the Change disk layout step see below 7 4 7 Manual partitioning The manual transfer method enables you to resize partitions on the new disk By default the program resizes them proportionally This window displays rectangles indicating the source hard disk including its partitions and unallocated space as well as the new disk layout 175 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 Along with the hard disk number you can see disk capacity the label volume and file system information Different volume types including primary logical and unallocated space are marked with different colors Disk Required steps Clone Mode Source Disk Destination Disk Move Method Change Disk Layout Finish Clone Disk Wizard Capacity Free Space NTFS Unlabeled C LANTES System Reserved 15 97 GB 25 MB
243. nstallations Show software updates Show warnings LLL Show errors Show software installations if this item is selected the time line shows icons that indicate moments when new programs have been installed on your computer Show software updates if this item is selected the time line shows icons that indicate updates of Windows and programs installed on your computer Show warnings if this item is selected the time line shows all the backup versions that have been suspended or completed with warning messages selected by default Show errors if this item is selected the time line shows failed backup versions and backup versions that have completed with errors 1 3 6 Integration with Windows 7 During installation Acronis True Image Home 2011 provides closer integration with Windows 7 Such merging allows you to get the most out of your computer The new user friendly interface makes starting backup and recovery much faster Integration adds Acronis True Image Home 2011 items to the Windows Start menu changes the properties of the Acronis True Image Home 2011 button on the taskbar and adds the ability to configure and perform Acronis True Image Home 2011 operations using Windows 7 Control Panel The most significant changes occur in the System and Security category of Windows 7 Control Panel Acronis True Image Home 2011 replaces Windows Backup in the Backup and Restore item If you first installed Acronis
244. o return to the most recent backup date click the Right arrow button below the right end of the time scale To speed up the searching process you can switch the time scale to days mode or to months mode and scroll days or months respectively To switch to the months mode click on a month name on the time scale Selecting the required month on the month scale automatically returns you to the days mode Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 Selecting data The main area displays the data backed up on the Online Storage The area contains the folder tree on the left and the folder contents pane on the right You can select the items using both panes To select multiple files folders you can use the Ctrl and Shift keys like in Windows Explorer After you finish selection right click and select the required action in the shortcut menu Shortcut menu items Open opens a folder or recovers the file to a temporary folder and then opens the file using the associated application Recover recovers the selected file or folder View Versions opens the window that contains the list of the selected file s versions In the window you can select the version you want to recover or delete unneeded versions not available for folders Delete deletes the selected file or folder from the Online Storage Recovery When you choose Recover either in the shortcut menu or on the toolbar Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup opens the Br
245. o the right of the field The search is performed only among the files backed up from the currently selected partition The found files if any will be shown in the right pane under the Search results item at the bottom of the folder tree Legend Clicking the up arrow at the right side of the Legend line shows the icons the program uses for indicating the states of items files and folders backed up on the Online Storage Brief descriptions explain the meaning of those icons These icons will let you see which items have been modified or deleted locally since the last online backup They will also let you know which folders have been backed up only partially If the Legend area interferes with the viewing of the directory tree of the current computer you can collapse it by clicking the down arrow at the right side end of the Legend line Time scale At the bottom of the window there is a special time scale To view any prior data state just find the date you need using the arrows on the time scale click the date and select a time To go to the oldest backup date for a selected file or folder click the Left arrow button below the left end of the time scale To return to the most recent backup date click the Right arrow button below the right end of the time scale To speed up the searching process you can switch the time scale to days mode or to months mode and scroll days or months respectively To switch to the months mode click ona m
246. obytes per second enter the bandwidth limit for transferring backup data in kilobytes per second 3 11 14 Notifications for backup operation Sometimes a backup or recovery procedure can last an hour or longer Acronis True Image Home 2011 can notify you when it is finished via e mail The program can also duplicate messages issued during the operation or send you the full operation log after operation completion By default all notifications are disabled Free disk space threshold You may want to be notified when the free space on the backup storage becomes less than the specified threshold value If after starting a backup Acronis True Image Home 2011 finds out that the free space in the selected backup location is already less than the specified value the program will not begin the actual backup process and will immediately inform you by displaying an appropriate message The message offers you three choices to ignore it and proceed with the backup to browse for another location for the backup or to cancel the backup If the free space becomes less than the specified value while the backup is being run the program will display the same message and you will have to make the same decisions To set the free disk space threshold Select the Show notification message on insufficient free disk space check box In the Size box type or select a threshold value and select a unit of measure Acronis True Image Home 2011 can monitor free s
247. oday is any date from the 16th to 31st day of the month the month interval is named This month In that case the time line shows backup versions created from the beginning of the current month to the week interval The This year interval shows backup versions created from the beginning of the current year to the month interval The Older interval shows backup versions created from earlier than the beginning of the current year Working with time intervals and backup versions Time intervals may be expanded when the number of backup versions fits onto the time line or folded into a square block When a time interval is expanded the squares representing backup versions may contain a warning or error icon Such an icon indicates that warning s or error s have been written into the Log during version creation If more than one backup version has been created during a day within week month year or older time interval such a date is shown on the time line using a special version pack icon If you hover over a folded block for more than half a second a balloon will show the information about the time interval start its end and the number of backup versions it contains If you hover over a backup version within an expanded time interval a balloon will show more detailed information about the backup version Clicking on a folded block or its name above or below the time line expands the corresponding time
248. of the Advanced settings see in Scheduling p 139 6 6 3 Monthly execution parameters You can set up the following parameters for monthly operation execution Periodicity or dates f you select Every choose a numeral and the day of the week from the dropdown lists example First Monday the operation will be performed on the first Monday of every month fyou select On choose the date s for operation execution example you may want the operation to be run on the 10th 20th and last day of the month Start time Set the operation s start time Enter hours and minutes manually or set the desired start time using the up and down buttons Description of the Advanced settings see in Scheduling p 139 6 6 4 Upon event execution parameters You can set up the following parameters for the Upon event operation execution Event User logon the operation will be executed each time the current user logs on to the OS User logoff the operation will be executed each time the current user logs off the OS System startup the operation will be executed at every OS startup System shutdown the operation will be executed at every computer shutdown or reboot Additional condition If you want to run an operation only at the first occurrence of the event on the current day select the Once a day only check box Description of the Advanced settings see in Scheduling p 139 6 7 Searching backups an
249. old drive during the first boot after recovery because this could result in problems booting Windows If you upgrade the old drive to a larger capacity new one disconnect the old drive before the first boot Switch off the computer if you need to disconnect the old drive Otherwise just reboot the computer after removing the rescue media Boot the computer to Windows It may report that new hardware hard drive is found and Windows needs to reboot After making sure that the system operates normally restore the original boot order 4 6 Recovering data from file level backups You will usually start recovering files and folders from Acronis Backup Explorer When recovering a specific file version you will start recovery from the View Versions window In either case starting recovery opens the File Recovery window Let s consider recovery of files and folders from the Backup Explorer 1 Select in the Backup Explorer the files and folders you want to recover For more information on selection in the Backup Explorer see Files and folders tab p 28 Click Recover to start recovery This will open the File Recovery window File Recovery toes L Where to recover your files Choose recovery destination for the selected 48 files and 27 folders Original location New location File recovery options Cancel 2 Select a destination on your computer to where you want to recover selected files folders You can recover
250. ols amp Utilities screen Follow the Add new disk Wizard steps If there are any partitions on the new disk they must be deleted first If the added disk contains partitions Acronis will warn you by displaying the warning message Click OK to delete the existing partitions on the added disk In this section Selecting a hard isk c cccccccesssssssececeeecessessaeeeceescessessaaeeeeeeseessessaaees 179 Creating new PartitiONs ccccccccccccccccccccececececececeeeceseceeeeeeeeeseseeeeeseeeess 179 Add new isk SUMMALY cccccccessssessseeececessssesneaeeeeecesseseseaeeeeeeesessees 182 7 5 1 Selecting a hard disk Select the disk that you have added to the computer If you have added several disks select one of them and click Next to continue You can add the other disks later by restarting the Add New Disk Wizard Add New Disk Wizard Q Add New Disk Wizard Select your hard disk from the list below Disk selection L Disk properties i Partition creation eee Drive Capacity Model Interface Disk1 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual 1 0 SCSI 6 Disk2 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 SCSI W Disk3 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 SCSI eL 16GB New Volume D Uy 16 00 GB NTFS oO Primary Logical Dynamic E Acronis Secure Zone _ Unallocated Unsupported Next gt Cancel You can also see the properties of all the hard disks installed in your sys
251. om the current position by selecting the Search again item in the Search menu or by pressing the F3 key Go to sector You can go to the necessary sector according to its absolute offset by selecting the Go to line in the Search menu or by pressing the Alt P key combination Selecting this line opens the Go to dialog window The transition is performed by entering the absolute sector offset or cylinder head and sector numbers The listed parameters are bound by this expression CYL x HDS HD x SPT SEC 1 Where CYL HD SEC are numbers of the cylinder head sector in the CHS co ordinates Cylinder Head Sector HDS is the number of heads per disk SPT is the number of sectors per track You can return to a sector from another one by selecting the Back item in the Search menu or by pressing the Ctrl Backspace key combination 7 6 2 File shredder The File shredder enables quick permanent destruction of selected files and folders To permanently destroy files and folders Click Tools amp Utilities in the main menu and then click File shredder on the Tools amp Utilities screen Follow the File shredder wizard steps 7 6 2 1 Select files folders Select the files and or folders you wish to shred To select files and or folders Expand the drives tree and select the files and or folders you need to shred You can select a random set of files folders and even disks Be careful when selecting th
252. ome screen offers you to choose the following items Back up my critical data Select this item to use the Acronis One Click Backup tool that allows you to begin protecting your computer as soon as you install Acronis True Image Home 2011 The default settings provide regularly updated backup of your system partition and nonstop protection of your personal data The tool will also analyze your storage devices and choose the optimum place for the backups Use backup assistant Select this item if you want the program to assist you in choosing what data to back up how and where to back up Goto main screen Select this item if you want to go to the main program window 1 3 1 1 Acronis One Click Backup The Acronis One Click Backup tool allows you to begin protecting your critical data as soon as you install Acronis True Image Home 2011 Once One Click Backup is set up this takes just a few moments one click provides full time protection When you choose to protect your critical data the program will offer to back up the system partition and your personal data to a destination it considers the optimum place for backups see the destination selection algorithm below You can choose another destination for backups by clicking the down arrow to the right of the destination and browsing for a destination you prefer amp Acronis One Click Backup p fata wo A Back up your critical data Select what to back up and change the destinat
253. on criteria click the Add link to the right of Exclusions While adding criteria you can use the common Windows wildcard characters For more information see Excluding items from backup p 51 3 6 3 Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage can be created only on NTFS formatted local hard disk drives both internal and external So you cannot use networked drives and such removable media as Jomega REV drive etc In many cases an external hard disk will be the best choice for Nonstop Backup data storage You can use an external disk with any of the following interfaces USB including USB 3 0 eSATA FireWire and SCSI Some external hard disk drives are sold formatted FAT32 To use them for storingAcronis Nonstop Backup data you must reformat them in NTFS When an external hard disk is unavailable the Nonstop Backup destination can be an internal disk including a dynamic one Please note that you cannot use as a Nonstop Backup storage a partition to be protected If your computer has a single hard disk drive with a single partition but you want to use Acronis Nonstop Backup anyway you can create Acronis Secure Zone and use it as the Nonstop Backup data storage Before creating Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage Acronis True Image Home 2011 checks whether the selected destination has enough free space It multiplies the volume of data to be protected by 1 2 If the free space on the destination sa
254. one is reduced in size You can also select an unallocated space to reduce the size of the secure zone To select a partition Select the appropriate partition s check box then click Next 168 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 7 3 5 3 Acronis Secure Zone protection Here you can set up password protection for the Acronis Secure Zone in order to prevent it from unauthorized access The program will ask for the password at any operation relating to the Acronis Secure Zone such as data backup and recovery mounting images or validating backups in the Acronis Secure Zone resizing and deleting the Acronis Secure Zone Password settings Do not protect choose this option if you do not want to use password protection for the secure zone Set password choose this option if you need to protect the Acronis Secure Zone with a password Type the password in the Password field m Retype the previously entered password in the Confirm field You can also select a secret question that will be asked in case you forget the password Select a secret question from the list and enter an answer to it m Click Next to continue Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard ole G Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard Required steps Set or change the password for Acronis Secure Zone V Action Selection Do not protect Set password Finish Enter new password 000000 Confirm ecccce Secret question What is yo
255. ong location In such case click Browse choose Windows Backup Archives vhd in the Files of type field and locate the backup for recovery 5 At the next step select Recover whole disks and partitions if it is not selected and click Next Select the system partition at the What to recover step Usually you will not need to recover the MBR 7 Then specify the settings of the selected system partition location type primary active and size When recovering the partition to the original location you do not need to make any setting changes 8 Read the Summary of the recovery operations and then click Proceed You can also recover partitions and disks from vhd files while working in Windows This is preferable for recovering data partitions and disks 7 9 3 Booting from a tib image of your Windows 7 system partition As already mentioned users of the Enterprise and Ultimate editions of Windows 7 can boot from tib images of Windows 7 system partition This allows you to test bootability of the backed up system without actual recovery Booting can be done only when running Acronis True Image Home 2011 in Windows If you have Windows 7 Enterprise or Ultimate and want to test whether your Windows 7 system partition backup will recover to a bootable operating system proceed as follows 1 Open Acronis Boot Sequence Manager by clicking Boot Sequence Manager on the Tools amp Utilities screen 2 Click Add on the toolbar of Acronis
256. onis Media Builder select the required media components and type the mode number with the Ox prefix 0x338 in our instance in the command line at the Bootable media startup parameters step then create the media as usual 6 4 Testing that your backups can be used for recovery Here are some recommendations 1 Even if you start recovery of the active partition in Windows the program will reboot into the Linux environment after the recovery process starts This is because Windows cannot be left running during the recovery of its own partition So you will recover your active partition under the recovery environment in all cases If you have a spare hard drive we strongly recommend you to try a test recovery to this hard drive It should be done after booting from the rescue media which uses Linux If you do not have a spare drive please at least validate the image in the recovery environment A backup that can be read during validation in Windows may not always be readable under Linux environment When you use the Acronis True Image Home 2011 rescue media the product creates disk drive letters that might differ from the way Windows identifies drives For example the D disk identified in the standalone Acronis True Image Home 2011 might correspond to the E disk in Windows It is advisable to assign unique names labels to all partitions on your hard drives This will make finding the disk containing your backups easier 2
257. ons It allows you to select from a number of data destruction algorithms depending on the importance of your confidential information Working with Acronis DriveCleanser Acronis DriveCleanser allows you to perform the following clean up the selected hard disks or partitions using preset algorithms create and execute custom user algorithms of hard disk clean up Acronis DriveCleanser is based on a wizard that scripts all hard disk operations so no data destruction is performed until you click Proceed in the wizard s Summary window At any moment you can return to the previous steps to select other disks partitions or data destruction algorithms To permanently destroy data on your disk m Click Tools amp Utilities on the toolbar and select Acronis DriveCleanser Follow the Acronis DriveCleanser wizard steps 7 6 1 1 Data selection First you must select the hard disk partitions where you want to destroy data Source selection Algorithm selection isa New Volume E 16 00 GB NTFS oO Primary Logical Dynamic oO Acronis Secure Zone F Unallocated Unsupported Next gt Cancel To select a partition click the corresponding rectangle You will see a red mark in the upper right corner indicating that the partition is selected You can select an entire hard disk or several disks for data destruction To do this click the rectangle corresponding to the hard disk with a device icon
258. onth s name on the time scale Selecting the required month on the month scale automatically returns you to the days mode 5 3 5 Online backup task creation The online backup task allows you to schedule the backup to the online storage You can create one online backup task only The task will be run even after you log off the online storage To create the Online backup task Click Options gt What to back up in the main window and specify the data categories and or files and folders to back up and items to exclude from the online backup Click Options gt Schedule in the main window and set up scheduling for the online backup task For more information see Scheduling p 106 Click the Back Up Now button if you want to start the first online backup immediately The first online backup may take a considerable amount of time to complete Further backup processes will likely be much faster because only changes to files will be transferred over the Internet 5 3 5 1 Selecting items to back up In the Items to Back Up Selection window you can select the data you want to include in the online backup task and files to exclude from the task Your selection will be stored so every subsequent time you run the task the selected items will be backed up by default You can change your selection any time Including items Specify items to include by selecting the corresponding check boxes You can include both file categories and i
259. oose Typical 3 Having finished the installation you can proceed with creating a Bart PE CD DVD with Acronis True Image Home 2011 plug in The below description is based on PE builder version 3 1 10a To create a BartPE CD with the Acronis True Image Home 2011 plug in follow the instructions below Download the PE builder and install it Go to the Acronis True Image Home 2011 installation folder The default folder is C Program Files Acronis or C Program Files Acronis Media Add ons Rename the BartPE folder to Acronis Copy this folder into the Plugin folder in the BartPE builder installation directory The default directory is C pebuilder3110a or similar Run the PE builder put in the necessary paths the online help is available at PE builder help and click the Plugins button ul U PE PE Builder v3 1 10a Builder Source Help Builder Source path to Windows installation files D Custom include files and folders from this directory Output C pebuilder3110a BartPE BartPE Media output O None Create 150 image enter filename c pebuilder3110a pebuilder iso O Burn to CD DVD Name 443 File Management Utility Acronis True Image Ad Aware SE Adaptec ASPI Background info bginfo Bart s Stuff Test Free edition BartPE Installer v2 BARTPE Network Support Boot Fix Enabling Press any key to boot from CD Check Disk chkdsk exe Customize Deep Burn
260. opened for the TPC and UDP protocols to function The Routing and Remote Access Windows service should be disabled Burned rewritable discs cannot be read in Linux without a kernel patch 1 1 6 Technical Support Maintenance and Support Program If you need assistance with your Acronis product please go to http www acronis com support Product Updates You can download the latest updates for all your registered Acronis software products from our website at any time after logging into your Account https www acronis com my and registering the product See Registering Acronis Products at the Website http kb acronis com content 4834 and Acronis Website User Guide http kb acronis com content 8128 1 1 7 Trial version information The trial version of Acronis True Image Home 2011 is fully operational However it will work only during the trial period To purchase the full version please visit http www acronis com buy atih Click Go to main screen to start Acronis True Image Home 2011 trial version Click Buy now to go to the official Acronis online store Click Activate if you have already purchased the full version and have a valid product serial number 1 2 Acronis True Image Home 2011 installation and startup In this section Installing Acronis True Image Home 2011 0 eeeeeceesseeeeesteeeeeeseeeeeeees 15 Extracting Acronis True Image Home 2011 cccsccceeeeeeseeneeeeeeeeeeeeees 15 Running Acronis True Imag
261. opied files lose the Compressed and Encrypted attribute If you need to keep these attributes it is recommended to recover the backup Mounting images as virtual drives lets you access them as though they were physical drives Such ability means that a new disk with its own letter will appear in the drives list using Windows Explorer and other file managers you can view the image contents as if they were located on a physical disk or partition you will be able to use the virtual disk in the same way as the real one open save copy move create delete files or folders If necessary the image can be mounted in read only mode The operations described in this section are supported only for the FAT and NTFS file systems Please keep in mind that though both file backups and disk partition images have a default tib extension only images can be mounted If you want to view file backup contents use the Explore operation How to mount an image 1 Start the Mount wizard by clicking Mount image on the Tools amp Utilities screen 2 Select the backup for mounting E Mount Wizard e Mount Wizard Mount backup Archive selection Name Created Com Rating Method Path Images a a Disk_D Disk_D 5 27 2010 10 57 25 AM Ww WwW Full backup E Disk_D a Diskc eK kK Fullbackup E Disk_d Disk C 5 27 2010 11 09 43 AM aq m p r Path EADisk_C tib Browse
262. or recovered files you can choose whether to recover the file date and time from the backup or assign the files the current date and time By default the file date and time from the backup will be assigned 4 14 5 Overwrite file options Choose what to do if the program finds a file in the target folder with the same name as in the backup By default the program will not overwrite any files and folders thus assigning the files on the hard disk unconditional priority over the files from the backup Selecting the Overwrite existing files check box will give the files from the backup unconditional priority over the files on the hard disk though by default the system files and folders hidden files and folders as well as more recent files and folders are protected against overwriting If you want to overwrite those files and folders too clear the appropriate check boxes If you do not need to overwrite some files Select clear the Hidden files and folders check box to enable disable overwriting of all hidden files and folders Select clear the System files and folders check box to enable disable overwriting of all system files and folders Select clear the More recent files and folders check box to enable disable overwriting of new files and folders Click Add specific files and folders to manage the list of custom files and folders that you do not want to overwrite To disable overwriting of specific files select the File
263. ost important files by saving them to a secure remote location Because files are stored ona remote storage they are protected even if your computer gets stolen So the risk of data loss as a result of fire theft or other natural disasters is practically eliminated If something happens to your backup image PC or external storage device you can get your most important files back 6 2 1 1 FTP connection Acronis True Image Home 2011 allows you to store your backups on FTP servers When saving backups on an FTP server you should provide Full path to the backup file including tib extension for example ftp my server com myfolder mybackup tib Port User name Password To check your settings click the Test connection button The computer will try to connect to the specified FTP server If the test connection has been established click the Connect button to add the FTP connection Please be aware that the mere opening of an FTP server s root folder does not bring you to your home directory An FTP server must allow passive mode file transfers For data to be recovered directly from an FTP server the backup must consist of files no greater than 2GB each The firewall settings of the source computer should have Ports 20 and 21 opened for the TPC and UDP protocols to function The Routing and Remote Access Windows service should be disabled 6 2 1 2 Authentication settings If you are connecting to a networked com
264. ou select for validation a full backup version p 216 the program validates the full backup version only a differential backup version p 216 the program validates the initial full backup version and the selected differential backup version an incremental backup version p 217 the program validates the initial full backup version the selected incremental backup version and the whole chain if any of backup versions to the selected incremental backup version If the chain contains one or more differential backup versions the program validates in addition to the initial full backup version and the selected incremental backup version only the most recent differential backup version in the chain and all subsequent incremental backup versions if any between the differential backup version and the selected incremental backup version
265. owse for folder dialog By default the original location from which the files were backed up will be selected If necessary you can select another folder or create a new folder for the files to be recovered to by clicking the Make New Folder button After selecting the folder click OK If you recover the files to the original folder and Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup finds a file with the same name it will open a dialog window where you can choose what to do with the file Recover and replace the file on the disk Do not recover to keep the file on the disk and Recover but keep both files the recovered file will be renamed If you want to use the choice for all files with identical names select the Apply to all files check box It is impossible to Recover and replace files on the disk which are being used or locked by the operating system at the moment of recovery Search You can search for a file you want to recover To perform search select on the folder tree the partition from which the file was backed up and then enter the file s name or a partial name in the search field with the magnifying glass icon to the right of the field The search is performed only among the files backed up from the currently selected partition The found files if any will be shown in the right pane under the Search results item at the bottom of the folder tree 5 4 2 Selecting a version to recover By default Acronis True Image Home 20
266. p n Local Disk C backup source Select the partitions or New Volume D whole disks you want to e back up New Volume What to exclude a A Allows you fo exclude files Exchnione Add from the backup source Where to store The backup file will be stored In this location Detteutior E My backups Schedule Of Turn or Backup scheme Backup name Portoon badao Systers Reserved C Disk backup options Click to configure additional settings Backup name box Schedule and Back up now Type a name for the backup scheme button Allows you to keep your Click when all settings backup up to date and are configured optimize backup strategy The below steps describe how to configure a backup using most of the available image backup settings 1 Select a partition s to back up by selecting its check box If the disk has several partitions and you want to back up the whole disk click Switch to disk mode and then select the disk s check box To return to the partition selection click Switch to partition mode You may exclude certain files and folders from backup For example you transferred some movies from your DVDs to a folder on the data partition They occupy quite a lot of space and it doesn t make sense to back them up because you have the DVDs To exclude the folder click the Add link to the right of Exclusions and add the folder to the excluded items list Select a destination for backup you can leave th
267. pace on the following storage devices Local hard drives USB cards and drives Network shares SMB NFS The message will not be displayed if the Do not show messages and dialogs while processing silent mode check box is selected in the Error handling settings This option cannot be enabled for FTP servers and CD DVD drives E mail notification You can specify an e mail account that will be used for notifying you of the backup process To specify the e mail settings Select the Send e mail notifications about the operation state check box Enter the e mail address in the E mail address field You can enter several e mail addresses in a semicolon delimited format Enter the outgoing mail server SMTP in the Outgoing mail server SMTP field Set the port of the outgoing mail server By default the port is set to 25 Enter the user name in the User name field Enter the password in the Password field If you want the client e mail program to handle messages according to the set policy for example to put messages into the specified folder specify the subject in the Subject field If your Internet service provider requires authorization on the incoming mail server before sending e mails select the Log on to incoming mail server check box then enter the name of the POP3 server and set the port of the incoming mail server To check whether your settings are correct click the Send test message but
268. partial results only is idle amp Recover accessor inf inside E Cancel bmp Blumon16 Blue Mong bmp Coffeebn Coffee Bear arr a Pamerren Preview tib acronis content E MyBac accessor inf dexing is done when your computer Coffee Bean 16 ddle e 0mp Ea 1 cached 12 35pm Coffee Bean bmp inside E MyBackup tib tib acronis content E MyBackup tib 386 Coffee Bean bmp 12 30pm coffee amp Internet Ki Choosing View starts the application associated with this file type and opens the file Choosing Recover starts Acronis True Image Home 2011 and you can then recover the file to a desired location Google Desktop also provides for searching files in zip backups created by Acronis True Image Home 2011 though you cannot open or recover files from zip backups by clicking on a line with a filename in the browser window To recover files found in zip backups by Google Desktop use Acronis True Image Home 2011 s Recovery feature 6 7 2 2 Using Windows Search with Acronis True Image Home 2011 If you use any edition of Windows Vista or Windows 7 that has built in Desktop Search functionality or Windows Desktop Search 3 0 or later you can enable indexing for tib files If you do not have Windows Search installed but would like to use it you can download Windows Search 4 0 for free from Microsoft s Web site To download click http www microsoft com windows produ
269. pon event execution parameters ccesccecssscsscssessecsssesecssececessescesecsesesscsesessssesessenesesessesessesesenesaeeensees 6 7 Searching backups and their content cceceesscecececessesseaeceeeeecesseaaaeeeeeessseseaaaeeeeseeseeseaaeas S17 Aa ES F S a n A EAEE EA E EEEE EE E ETE 6 7 2 Windows Search and Google Desktop integration 6 8 Choosing columns for viewing in WIZArS cccccccecsssessssececececessesesaeeeceessessnasaeeeeeesseeseaaeas TOONS Sc Utilities rrsan aian AEE A AEE AN AAE A CAE AEE EEA cs cdesuadeedewases EEA 151 7 1 Acronis Startup Recovery Manager c ccccccccccccccccecccccecececececececececesececesecesesecesesesesesesesesesess 152 7 1 1 HOW LAY O1 A S AA A SAAE AAA E E E E EEA 152 7 1 2 How to use 7 2 Creating bootable rescue medissa a a a i a vases a a o 153 7 24 Acronis Media Builder y esciseiiisseiissrssitiiroreii iritare toiii sa EENES EE EENKANT E TE 153 7 2 2 Creating BartPE disc with Acronis True Image Home 2011 s ssnsssnsssssrsnsssssreresesesesrsrasasisisesrsrsreresesesese 158 7 2 3 Creating WinPE based rescue Me dia cceesscssesesscsscsscesesecseesecsessessesesesseesessecaesseeeseseeesesaessesaesasensonees 160 73 Working with Acronis Secure ZON c ccccccsssccecssscececssscececssssececseesececsnssecscsaseesssesseeeeseaaess 164 7 3 1 Acronis SECUNE ZOMG ei sissiitisisssssesachadsesuesssestehivatudeasbaasdedsestutsGulsacdubscsietessesssiedsesdedesouseedebissdetv
270. port Unicode characters in the items backed up using the E mail backup type To back up your E mail 1 Click E mail backup on the main screen This will open the E mail Backup window 2 Select the mail items you want to back up in the What to back up area The right side will show the item contents with all subitems selected There you can unselect the subitems you do not need to back up if any 3 Select a destination for backup you can leave the default destination or browse for a destination after clicking the down arrow to the right of the current destination and selecting Browse 4 The program will assign a default name to the backup but if you would like to assign another name type the name in the Backup name field 5 Click the Back up now button if you want to run backup immediately You can also delay the start of backup for up to 6 hours by clicking the down arrow to the right of this button and selecting a delay interval from the dropdown list When you need to change the default backup options click E mail backup options and set the options as required You can also change the default backup scheme by clicking on the appropriate link For more information see Backup schemes p 53 If you want to run the backup ona schedule click the Turn on link to set up a schedule for more information see Scheduling p 139 To run the backup on the schedule click the down arrow to the right of the Back up now button and sele
271. process How do you want to protect your computer or data Back up ona schedule this method allows you to back up your data on a regular basis by specifying your own schedule for backup operations The program will back up your data according to the schedule you specify Use nonstop protection this method is much easier to use than backing up on a schedule but it requires more disk space Your changed data will be backed up automatically every 5 minutes Every data change will be saved and you will be able to recover your data state for any date and time Store in online storage available only when you have selected Files and folders in the previous step you can purchase safe storage for your data This safe storage is located on an Acronis remote server which is accessible via the Internet Keeping data in this online storage guarantees that you will be able to recover the data even if your home computer was physically destroyed or stolen After you choose what data to back up and the optimal protection method the program will display the window from which you will start the backup process This window contains all of the settings for your backup These settings were configured by the program according to the choices you made If you want you can change them and set other options After you have made sure that all settings are correct click the Back up now button or Start now if you have chosen nonstop protection to start th
272. pted files in the backup and you want them to be accessed by any user after recovery Otherwise only the user who encrypted the files folders will be able to read them Decryption may also be useful if you are going to recover encrypted files on another computer If you do not use the encryption feature available in Windows XP and later operating systems simply ignore this option Files folders encryption is set in Properties gt General gt Advanced Attributes Encrypt contents to secure data These options relate only to file folder backups In addition they are unavailable for zip backups 3 11 13 Performance of backup operation On the Performance tab you can configure the following settings Compression level You can choose the compression level for a backup None the data will be copied without any compression which may significantly increase the backup file size Normal the recommended data compression level set by default High higher backup file compression level takes more time to create a backup Maximum maximum backup compression but takes a long time to create a backup The optimal data compression level depends on the type of files stored in the backup For example even maximum compression will not significantly reduce the backup size if the backup contains essentially compressed files like jpg pdf or mp3 Operation priority Changing the priority of a backup or recovery process can
273. puter in most cases you will need to provide the necessary credentials for accessing the network share If you need to specify the user name and password Select the Use NT authentication check box and enter the logon credentials Username enter a user name Password enter the user s password When you click the Test connection button the computer will try to connect to the selected network share If you receive an error message check if the credentials are correct and provide the correct user name and password for the selected network share To repeat the connection attempt click the Test again button If you clear the Use NT authentication check box the computer will try to log on automatically with the credentials used for logging on to Windows Having provided the required information click Connect 6 2 2 Deciding what data to back up Operating systems and application software become ever larger for example Windows Vista x64 requires 15GB of free space on a hard disk It will take you several hours to reinstall your operating system and application software from original CDs or DVDs on a new hard disk Furthermore the practice of buying application software by downloading from the Internet is becoming more and more popular If you lose your registration information which is usually sent by e mail you may have problems with restoring your right to use the application So making a backup of your entire system disk
274. qualified specialist with the help of all known tools and recovery methods This problem can be explained in the following way Data is stored on a hard disk as a binary sequence of 1 and 0 ones and zeros represented by differently magnetized parts of a disk Generally speaking a 1 written to a hard disk is read as 1 by its controller and O is read as 0 However if you write 1 over 0 the result is conditionally 0 95 and vice versa if 1 is written over 1 the result is 1 05 These differences are irrelevant for the controller However using special equipment one can easily read the underlying sequence of 1 s and O s It only requires specialized software and inexpensive hardware to read data deleted this way by analyzing magnetization of hard disk sectors residual magnetization of track sides and or by using current magnetic microscopes Writing to magnetic media leads to subtle effects summarized as follows every track of a disk stores an image of every record ever written to it but the effect of such records magnetic layer becomes more subtle as time passes 7 6 4 1 Functioning principles of Information wiping methods Physically the complete wiping of information from a hard disk involves the switching of every elementary magnetic area of the recording material as many times as possible by writing specially selected sequences of logical 1 s and 0 s also known as samples Using logical data encoding methods in current
275. r When using other rescue media the procedure will be similar 2 After the computer boots into the recovery environment choose Acronis True Image Home 2011 full version in the boot menu 3 When the program starts make sure that it detects all the hard drives you have in your system Also check external drives if you use them for storing backups You must attach the external drive s before booting from the rescue media Otherwise the recovery environment might not detect the drive s To check the drives start Backup Wizard by clicking My Disks below Back Up on the Welcome screen Select a disk to back up at the What to back up step and click Next Click the Browse button to the right of the Backup location field When the Browse for location window opens check that all your drives are shown under My Computer Having checked the drives click Cancel to close Backup Wizard i 5 enii a Eieepsgses jes Wejersitiey sy Delete Createnewfolder wy Create FIP Connection et Mount NOA Nice I My Computer Name Date Type J Local Disk C Computers Near Me Local Disk 0 4 FTP Connections You con connect to FTP server 7 Local Disk E w Local Disk C Fixed Disk Drive _ Local Disk D Fixed Disk Drive a New Volume F ap be ri Al Local Disk E Fixed Disk Drive lt Removable Drive H J New Volume F Fixed Disk Drive Computers Near Me i Removable Drive H Removable Disk Drive FTP Connections File
276. r an MBR disk the target disk remains an MBR disk if an MBR disk image is recovered over an MBR disk the target disk remains an MBR disk if an MBR disk image is recovered over a GPT disk the target disk becomes an MBR disk Recovery to unallocated space of a GPT disk is not supported 3 The target volume type does not change when recovering over an existing volume Examples When recovering a dynamic volume over a basic volume the target volume remains basic When recovering a dynamic striped volume over a dynamic spanned volume the target volume remains spanned 4 Recovering a basic volume or disk to the dynamic group When recovering a basic volume to an unallocated space of the dynamic group the recovered volume becomes dynamic When recovering a basic disk to an unallocated space of a disk in the dynamic group the disk becomes basic When recovering a basic disk to a dynamic disk of a dynamic group consisting of two disks the recovered disk remains basic and the second disk of a spanned striped dynamic volume becomes missing 4 12 Backup protection dialog box A backup file can be protected with a password You can set password protection in backup options while creating a backup If you try to recover data from a password protected backup mount it or append an incremental backup to such a backup the program will ask for the password in a special window allowing access only to authorized users In this case
277. r creating a new backup version the program checks whether the total backup size exceeds the specified value If it s true the oldest backup version will be deleted The first backup version option Often the first version of any backup is one of the most valuable versions This is true because it stores the initial data state for example your system partition with recently installed Windows or some other stable data state for example data after a successful virus check Do not delete the first version of the backup Select this check box to keep the initial data state The program will create two initial full backup versions The first version will be excluded from the automatic cleanup and will be stored until you delete it manually If you select incremental or differential method the first backup chain will start from the second full backup version And only the third version of the backup will be incremental or differential one Note that when the check box is selected the Store no more than n recent versions check box will change to Store no more than 1 n recent versions 3 11 2 Image creation mode You can use these parameters to create an exact copy of your whole partitions or hard disks and not only the sectors that contain data Note that the Back up unallocated space check box is available only when the Back up sector by sector check box is selected To make a sector by sector backup check the Back up sector by secto
278. r parameter By default the program copies only the hard disk sectors that contain data However sometimes it might be useful to make a full sector by sector backup For example you have deleted some files by mistake and want to make a disk image before trying to undelete them because sometimes undeleting may create problems in the file system Please note that this mode increases processing time and usually results in a larger image file because it copies used and unused hard disk sectors The Back up unallocated space option becomes available if you have selected the previous parameter Back up sector by sector By default while performing sector by sector backup unallocated space is not included into the backup file Enabling this option will include all unallocated disk space into the backup 3 11 3 Backup protection A backup file can be password protected By default there is no password protection for backups To protect the backup Enter the password for the backup into the Password field A password should consist of at least eight symbols and contain both letters in upper and lower cases preferably and numbers to make it more difficult to guess Retype the previously entered password into the Confirm field To increase the security of your confidential data you can encrypt the backup with strong industry standard AES Advanced Encryption Standard cryptographic algorithm AES is available with three key lengths 128 192 a
279. r premises for example at work or at a friend s home if you use the backed up computer at home One more argument in favor of several backups when starting recovery Acronis True Image Home 2011 deletes the target partition or disk If you have just a single backup you are at great risk The moment the system partition is deleted on the computer being recovered the only thing you have is the image being recovered If the image is corrupted you will not be able to recover the system 2 If you have only one computer at home it is advisable to print some information that may be helpful in recovering from a disaster because you may not be able to use the Internet We recommend to print the following sections Recovering your system after a crash Recovering partitions and disks and Recovering to different hardware Keep the printed material in a safe place along with the rescue CD DVD or another rescue media 6 2 Preparing for backups If you would like to create your own backup strategy you will need to consider at least the following issues where to store your backups what data to back up and how often The below sections will discuss these issues in detail Incidentally it would be a good idea to make some additional preparations before carrying out any backup especially image backups It is advisable to scan the system for viruses and malware to ensure that the backup does not contain any surprises In addition you may wan
280. rations to be performed Note that after you click the Proceed button the selected partitions will be wiped permanently So the button is disabled until you select the Wipe the selected partitions irreversibly check box Click the Proceed button to start the listed operations Click the Options button to perform the optional steps Click the Cancel button to exit the wizard without performing any operations 7 6 1 5 Disk Editor read only mode Acronis DriveCleanser offers you another useful capability to estimate the results of executing a data destruction method on a hard disk or partition To view the state of your cleaned up disks or partitions click Tools amp Utilities on the toolbar Then click the View current state of your disks link and choose the partition whose cleaning results you wish to view This opens an integrated Acronis Disk Editor in read only mode Different algorithms offer various levels of confidential data destruction Thus the picture you might see on a disk or partition depends on the data destruction method But what you actually see are disk sectors filled with either zeros or random symbols Acronis Disk Editor read only mode disk 1 sectors 337 367 10 104 884 7l Disk Edit Yiew Search Help j P ox gt Cyrillic DOS 866 uW E3yt A t6 HARTA u f f f ere eer W gf vibes Bliphs 6 me K 4qw oln 6 Lh PR 0 f ctr 20 Leven ry nLe
281. re a third party antivirus product to be used each time for scanning the files to be backed up before the backup starts Click Edit to open the Edit Command window where you can easily input the command its arguments and working directory or browse folders to find a batch file oom Online backup options IP Reset al to datat lt P Reset the curent to deta Dra Dat com n Connection attempts wl Pre Post commands Storage Connecton speed Specify commands that wil be executed before and after the backup process Note R orly progr ans and batch fies can be run Storage daarup Before backup process pre bat P Edt After backup process Proxy settings t Baup prorty A E mal notification Pre Post commands Customer Experience Program Inthe Command field type in a command or select it from the list Click to select a batch file Inthe Working directory field type in a path for command execution or select it from the list of previously entered paths Inthe Arguments field enter or select command execution arguments from the list Please do not try to execute interactive commands i e commands that require user input for example pause These are not supported Unselecting the Do not perform operations until the command s execution is complete box selected by default will permit the backup process to run concurrently with your command execution If you want the backup to be performed even if your
282. reate an ISO 3 Select Acronis Plus Pack for Acronis True Image Home 2011 Acronis WinPE ISO Builder from the Start menu 4 Specify the path to the folder WinPE ISO e g c winpe_x86 ISO Acronis WinPE ISO Builder Specify a path to the folder with the WinPE files Select a Folder with Windows PE files 9 150 D My Documents oe W My Computer Free space 815 7 MB EA 3 5 Floppy A Total size 4 658 GB Local Disk C SA Buids S Oocuments and Setting aL Program Fles 2D WIndows SC winpe_x66 Se 150 a boot GD EFI S sources iC mout e File name C winpe_x86 I50 Help Acronis WinPE ISO Builder Building Mode Add components to WIM image Description Acronis PE Bulder adds the necessary components to WilM image and builds a bootable PE2 or PE3 150 File 6 Specify the full path to the resulting image file including the filename or leave the default path and filename AcronisMedia iso 162 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 7 Check your settings in the summary screen and click Proceed Acronis WinPE ISO Builder Acronis The Acronis WinPE ISO Builder is ready to start the media crestion process Here is 4 complete ist of operations to be performed True Image Ready to create the Windows PE ISO media Windows PE source c winpe_x66 jso Acronis WinPE directory ISO C Program RAlesiAcronis TruelmageHomelSartPEI Target 150 file name C vinpe_x86150 Acro
283. rk in Acronis Secure Zone and make a reserve copy of the project on a USB stick to finish the project at home To make a reserve copy 1 While configuring a backup click the File backup options link expand the Backup reserve copy item and then select the Create a reserve copy of my backups box if it is not selected in the default backup options amp File Backup Options Po lta Backup scheme Advanced Performance Notifications Backup protection v B Pre Post commands x Backup splitting y amp Validation v Backup reserve copy V Create a reserve copy of my backups Set location gt Removable media settings d Error handling y amp File level security settings y Save the settings as default Reset to initial settings Cancel 2 Choose how to duplicate the project file s on the USB stick If you need to save space choose duplicating as a zip file Click on the Set location link select the drive letter of the USB stick and create a folder for a reserve copy by clicking on the Make New Folder button Browse For Folder x File Backup Options Libraries a B adm 4 Computer e Floppy Disk Drive A amp Local Disk C ca New Volume 0 w ca New Volume E A DVD Drive F MTiX_Workstation _ gt Gia Network Make New Folder Cancel 3 Finish configuring your backup as usual 4 Click Back up now and do not forget to take the USB stick home Please b
284. rocess will run faster but the performance of other programs will be reduced Be aware that selecting this option may result in 100 CPU usage by Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup 5 3 6 6 E mail notification You can specify an e mail account that will be used for notification of the backup process To specify the e mail settings Enter the e mail address in the E mail Address field You can enter several e mail addresses in a semicolon delimited format Enter the outgoing mail server SMTP in the Outgoing mail server SMTP field Set the port of the outgoing mail server By default the port is set to 25 Enter the user name in the User Name field Enter the password in the Password field Specify the default e mai account that wil be used by backup and recovery witards for E nal address tmyhomegmai com Server settings Sone TP sentp mal com Set port a User names rmana Password eeeeeeeee Addtiona emal parameters Send Test E Mail Message To specify additional notification settings click the Additional e mail parameters link E mail notifications You can set additional parameters for e mal notifications F Log on to incoming mal server Incoming mal server POP Send notification upon operation s successful completion V Send notification upon operation fallure Send notification when user interaction is required 7 Add full log to the notification If your Interne
285. ropriate data destruction method depending on the importance of your confidential information The File Shredder provides the same capabilities for individual files and folders Finally the System Clean up wizard ensures elimination of all of the traces of your computer activities When working ona PC you leave thousands of bytes of evidence showing your actions You may not even be aware of these traces This could include user names and passwords as well as other personal information that could be used to steal your identity if it fell into the wrong hands This utility wipes them all completely away from the disk drive The data destruction methods are described in detail in Hard Disk Wiping methods p 198 of this guide In this section Acronis DriVeCl aNnser cccccccccccsssssesscecececesseseeneseeeeecessesesneaeeeeeesseesees 183 Fileshredder sirrane tenean aee eaae are kee Ae SaO EEEE 190 System Clean UD sesten eaaa aee ai a e EE EEEa EE Sa 192 Hard Disk Wiping Methods ccccessesscecececeseessaececeeecessesseaeeeeeesseeees 198 7 6 1 Acronis DriveCleanser Many operating systems do not provide users with secure data destruction tools so deleted files can be recovered easily by using simple applications Even a complete disk reformat cannot guarantee permanent confidential data destruction Acronis DriveCleanser solves this problem with guaranteed and permanent data destruction on selected hard disks and or partiti
286. rsion and the selected incremental backup version This information can be helpful for example when you find out that a backup comprising a full backup version and a chain of incremental ones is corrupted To troubleshoot the backup do as follows First of all validate the full backup version by selecting it on the time line right clicking and choosing Validate in the shortcut menu If it is damaged all the backup chain will be useless When it is not damaged proceed to validating incremental backup versions starting from the oldest until you find the culprit All incremental backup versions made after the corrupted one will be unusable but you will be able to recover the data at least from the previous backup versions To validate an entire backup 1 Select the backup to validate click Operations and select Validate backup If the selected backup is password protected Acronis True Image Home 2011 will ask for the password in a dialog box After you enter the correct password the program will start the validation procedure When the validation is complete you will see the result in the line below the backup s box You can cancel validation by clicking Cancel 3 13 Consolidating backup versions Using consolidation of backup versions you can create a consistent copy of backup while deleting selected backup versions This allows you to delete the backup versions you no longer need from any backup without harming that backup Consol
287. rsions then again 1 full and 5 differential backup versions and so on The versions will be stored for 6 months After the period the program analyzes if the oldest backup versions except the 1st full version may be deleted It depends on the minimum number of versions eight and version chains consistency The program deletes the oldest versions one by one after creating new versions with the same backup method for example the oldest differential version will be deleted after creation of the newest differential version First of all the oldest differential versions will be deleted then the oldest full version Backup scheduler setting monthly Result you have monthly backup versions for the last 6 months plus the initial full backup version that may be kept for a longer period Required storage space depends on the number of versions and their sizes File backup version chain According to the specified schedule or when you run backup manually the program creates 1 full and 6 incremental backup versions then again 1 full and 6 incremental versions and so on The versions will be stored for 1 month After the period the program analyzes if the oldest backup versions may be deleted It depends on the version chain consistency To keep the consistency the program deletes the oldest versions by chains 1 full 6 incremental backup versions after creating a new analogous version chain Backup scheduler setting daily Result you have
288. rtant to you Acronis True Image Home 2011 has the Reserve backup copy feature It can back up the same data files both in tib format and in native format to two different backup locations You can schedule such backups as needed for instance on weekly basis if you regularly download new music files Backup schemes The current Acronis True Image Home 2011 version has predefined backups schemes for both disk and file backup types To manage your backups in many cases you can just select a desired backup scheme and the program will do all the rest For more information see Backup schemes p 53 6 3 Testing bootable rescue media To maximize the chances of your computer s recovery if need arises you must test that your computer can boot from the rescue media In addition you must make sure that the recovery media contains all drivers required for operation of your mass storage devices and network adapter If you purchased a boxed version of the product that has a bootable CD please test this CD To test the rescue media 1 Configure your computer so as to enable booting from the rescue media and make your rescue media device CD ROM DVD ROM drive or USB stick the first boot device See Arranging boot order in BIOS p 89 If you have a rescue CD press a key to start booting from the CD as soon as you see the prompt Press any key to boot from CD If you fail to press a key within five seconds you will need to restart the compute
289. rting with any two symbols and ending with name will be excluded To delete a criterion for example added by mistake click the Delete icon to the right of the criterion To cancel changes in the items to be excluded click Cancel After you make changes in the items to be excluded click OK to confirm the changes and exit from the File Exclusion window 3 11 Backup options In the Disk Backup Options File Backup Options and E mail Backup Options windows you can configure options for a disk partition file and e mail backup processes respectively After you have installed the application all options are set to the initial values You can change them for your current backup operation only or for all backups that will be created in future Select the Save the settings as default check box to apply the modified settings to all further backup operations by default Disk Backup Options tolos Backup scheme Advanced Performance Notifications o Image creation mode Back up sector by sector E ted space B Pre Post commands y ii Backup splitting v amp Validation z Backup reserve copy y E Removable media settings v Screenshot settings v Error handling Computer shutdown v Save the settings as default e Reset to initial settings Cancel Note that disk backup options file backup options and e mail backup options are fully independent and you should configure them separately If you
290. rue Image Home 2011 creates the zone as an NTFS partition When you click Acronis Secure Zone on the Tools amp Utilities screen the program searches for the zone on all local drives If the zone is found the wizard will offer to manage it resize change the password or delete it If there is no zone you will be prompted to create it The Acronis Secure Zone is not available as a location for backups in the recovery environment when you start Acronis True Image Home 2011 from bootable rescue media through Acronis Startup Recovery Manager or Bart PE In this section Acronis SECUrE ZONE ccecssssssssssssssssseseeeeeeeaeseaeaeseeeaeauseaeaeaeaeeeaeanaeanaeaea 164 Acronis Secure Zone loCation cccccsccccceceesssssseaecececesessesnsaeeeeeeesessees 166 Selecting partitions sceesssccnceecsi oceeecasceacesedecdsseanceaeedtcansesaetcegeesadendssna caeedse 166 Size of Acronis Secure Zone ccessscccececesseseaeeeeeescessessaeseeeeseessessaaeess 167 Managing Acronis Secure ZOne sssssesssssesrrrsrererrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrererrrerseeee 168 Acronis Secure Zone SUMMArfY ssessssssssssssssssssrsrrrssssssrrrnnrnsesssrrnnnnsnee 170 7 3 1 Acronis Secure Zone The Acronis Secure Zone is a secure partition that lets you keep backups on a managed machine disk space This lets you recover a disk where the disk backup resides In the Acronis True Image Home 2011 the zone is listed along with all locations available for stor
291. s To change the clean up settings for a component Expand the System Components item in the tree and select the component clean up settings which you need to change You can enable or disable scanning of the component by the Clean up wizard To do this select or clear the Enable check box If required you can also expand a component and customize the desired data destruction method files to clean clean up registry search strings you have used for finding computers in the local network etc To do this click the triangle near the component select an option from the list and specify the settings After you set the desired components properties click OK to save your settings These settings will be used as default next time you launch the Clean up wizard If you have already changed the clean up settings before you can always return to the program defaults by clicking the Restore Defaults button System components Recycle Bin Temporary files Hard disk free space Find Computer list Find File list Recently Used Documents list Windows Run List Opened saved files history User Credentials m Windows Prefetch Directory 7 6 3 2 Default clean up options The default clean up options are available by clicking the Click to change this setting link on the Data Destruction Method option page To change the default clean up options Choose on the tree the component clean up settings which you need
292. s 210 Acronis Smart Error Reporting sssssssssesesersrrrererrrsrrerrrsrreerrrerrrerrreeene 210 Creating a custom rescue CD cccccccccecccecececececececececececececeeeseseseeeseeeess 212 Viewing LO ssec e R REE ER EE E 212 Acronis Customer Experience Program s sssssesssssrsesrrrrrresrrrerrrererereee 213 8 1 General recommendations The below information may help you in troubleshooting issues encountered during installation and use of Acronis True Image Home 2011 Quite often the cause of an issue may be trivial For example a loose connection of an external hard drive Before trying other solutions described in this chapter it is advisable to check if the issue is caused by one of the following loose connections to the external drive poor quality connecting cable When using an external USB hard drive try the following additional suggestions if the drive is connected through a hub connect it directly to a rear connector of your PC to prevent conflict with other USB devices attached to your PC try disconnecting all the USB devices except the mouse and keyboard You can try to find the solution to your problem in the Acronis Support Knowledge Base KB To access the Support KB click on the following link http kb acronis com Then use the Search function Enter the key words related to your problem into the appropriate field and click Search The KB may have recommendations on solving your speci
293. s Automated Installation Kit AIK installed Running Acronis True Image Home 2011 in the preinstallation environment may provide better compatibility with your computer s hardware because the preinstallation environment uses Windows drivers For more information see Creating WinPE based rescue media p 160 1 1 3 Acronis True Image Home 2011 basic concepts This section provides general information about basic concepts which could be useful for understanding how the program works Backup and recovery Backup refers to the making copies of data so that these additional copies may be used to recover the original after a data loss event Backups are useful primarily for two purposes The first is to restore a state following a disaster called disaster recovery The second is to recover small numbers of files after they have been accidentally deleted or corrupted Acronis True Image Home 2011 does both by creating disk or partition images and file level backups respectively By default Acronis True Image Home 2011 stores an image of those hard disk sections that contain data for supported file systems However you can select an option that lets you include an image of all of the sectors of a hard disk a sector by sector backup When you back up files and folders only the data and folder tree are is compressed and stored If the need arises you will be able to recover both your system disk state and individual files Backup vers
294. s Drive Monitor is a hard drive health monitoring utility based on information received from hard drive S M A R T reports Windows logs and its own scripts Having finished scheduling click OK In this section Daily Execution ParaMeters sc cccvecc delesveoceeescasGastocdeesirscsuiateedeoveestebseweteen 140 Weekly execution parameters cccccsccccccsssssessseceeeceseesesnsaeeeeeesseesees 141 Monthly execution parameters ccccccccccecessessseceeeessessessaeeeeeesseeeees 141 Upon event execution parameters ccscseessesssesssssesseeseseeseeseseeeees 141 6 6 1 Daily execution parameters You can set up the following parameters for daily operation execution Start time or periodicity If you select At set the operation s start time Enter hours and minutes manually or set the desired start time using the up and down buttons You can specify several start times by clicking Add If you select Every choose daily operation periodicity from the dropdown list for example every 2 hours Description of the Advanced settings see in Scheduling p 139 6 6 2 Weekly execution parameters You can set up the following parameters for weekly operation execution Week days Select the days on which to execute the operation by clicking on their names Start time Set the operation s start time Enter hours and minutes manually or set the desired start time using the up and down buttons Description
295. s and folders matching the following criteria check box and click the Add button to create an exclusion criterion m While specifying the criteria you can use the common Windows wildcard characters For example to preserve all files with extension exe you can add exe Adding My exe will preserve all exe files with names consisting of five symbols and starting with my To delete a criterion for example added by mistake click the Delete icon to the right of the criterion 4 14 6 Performance of recovery operation On the Performance tab you can configure the following settings Operation priority Changing the priority of a backup or recovery process can make it run faster or slower depending on whether you raise or lower the priority but it can also adversely affect the performance of other running programs The priority of any process running in a system determines the amount of CPU usage and system resources allocated to that process Decreasing the operation priority will free more resources for other CPU tasks Increasing backup or recovery priority may speed up the process by taking resources from the other currently running processes The effect will depend on total CPU usage and other factors You can set up the operation priority Low enabled by default the backup or recovery process will run slower but the performance of other programs will be increased Normal the backup or recovery process will h
296. s it has free space If there is not enough space older backups will be deleted to create free space Acronis True Image Home 2011 uses the following approach to clean up Acronis Secure Zone If you are in the process of creating a backup and there is not enough free space in the zone to create it the program will display a dialog which warns you that the Acronis Secure Zone is full You can click Cancel to cancel the backup operation In that case you may want to increase the size of the Acronis Secure Zone and then run the backup operation again If you want to free up some space in the zone click OK and the oldest full backup version of the type being created will be deleted with all subsequent incremental differential backup versions The backup operation will then recommence If deleting the oldest backup does not free up enough space you will get the same warning message again You may delete the next oldest backup if any and repeat this until all the previous backups are deleted If after deleting all the previous backups there is still not enough space for completing the backup you will get an error message and the backup will be canceled The program distinguishes only two types of backups in the zone disk image backups and file level backups File and E mail backups are considered as file level type backups For example if you have an e mail backup in the zone and there is not enough space for backing up a folder the progr
297. s it usually does not have a disk letter Because you are recovering to the new disk click New location Select the destination disk by either its assigned name or capacity If you have not assigned names to the disks and have any doubts about their identity when selecting the destination disk you may abort the recovery Click Cancel and try to identify the target disk by its model number interface etc To see this information select Tools amp Utilities Add New Disk in the main menu The Disk selection screen will show the information Use it for identifying the destination disk then click Cancel Start the Recovery Wizard again repeat the above steps and select the destination disk Clicking Accept will return you to the Settings of partition screen Check the partition type and change it if necessary Proceed to specifying the partition size by clicking Change default in the Partition size area By default the partition will occupy the entire new disk You need to keep the hidden partition size unchanged and place it in the same location on the disk at the start or the end of disk space To do this resize and relocate the partition by dragging it or its borders with a mouse on the horizontal bar on the screen Or you can enter corresponding values into the appropriate fields Partition size Free space before Free space after Click Accept when the partition has the required size and location and then click Next Specify
298. schedue Choose one of the following backup frequencies Daily p 107 the task will be executed once a day or more frequently Weekly p 107 the task will be executed once a week or several times a week on the selected days Monthly p 108 the task will be executed once a month or several times a month on the selected dates Next choose when to start online backup Ata specified time Specify the time in the corresponding field Upon event Choose the event you need At user logon At user logoff At system startup or At system shutdown To run a backup only at the first occurrence of the event select the Once a day only box Every hours Choose backup periodicity from the dropdown list for example every 2 hours This setting is available only for daily backups Clicking the Do Not Schedule button turns off the scheduler and online backup will be performed only when you click Back Up Now in the main window Advanced settings Clicking Advanced Settings allows you to specify the following additional settings for online backup scheduling To postpone a scheduled task until the next time the computer is not in use screen saver is displayed or computer is locked select the Run the task only when the computer is idle check box The backup won t be performed if the computer is switched off or there is no Internet connection when the scheduled time comes but you can force the missed backup
299. share Windows Search can index them too You just have to add the share to the Indexed Locations list by typing the appropriate UNC path after selecting the Add UNC Location tab of Advanced Options Copyrignt Acronis 1NC ZUUU ZULU Give Windows Search some time for indexing Acronis backups on your computer s hard disks and adding the indexing information to its index database The required time depends on the number of backups and the number of files they contain After completing the indexing the Windows Search will be able to search files in tib backups The search engines in Windows Search and Windows Vista or Windows 7 have similar functionalities though search results are presented somewhat differently 149 data Windows Desktop Search File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q Back amp pe Search E Folders Address g windows Desktop Search Results Windows P alllocations Everything Mig Documents E E mail Other v 1054 results up tib Acronis True Image Home Data Sources ODBC acronis htm a amp 3ds_max xml is i access_2000 xml access_2003 xml access_2007 xml p Sed cal Unable to display preview adobe_photoshop_cs3 xml adobe_photoshop_cs_9 xml after_effects_7 xml bittorrent xml diskeeper _administrator_10 xml easy _screensaver_4_1 xml ig is iS 19 S 1g 1S 1g g f secure_is_2007 xml Windows Search results D 5 Search Results in In
300. sks vhd files to the Windows boot loader list of disks available for booting to Windows 7 If you do not select from where to boot then by default the computer boots from the first entry in the booting list after waiting for a time interval specified in the Boot Timeout field To change the default boot disk either physical or virtual you can move entries up and down in the list using the corresponding buttons on the toolbar Clicking the Rename button allows you to assign a desired name to a list entry When you no longer need an entry in the list you can remove it by clicking Remove on the toolbar The Remove all button allows you to remove all entries related to virtual disks and restore the original booting configuration 7 10 Importing and exporting backup settings Acronis True Image Home 2011 allows you to import and export the settings of your backups This may be desirable if you need to transfer the settings to a new PC after installing Acronis True Image Home 2011 on that computer Saving the settings may also be useful if you later decide to upgrade to the next Acronis True Image Home 2011 version Such transfer will make configuring backups on the new PC much easier You only need to export the settings and then import them to the other PC The settings are exported in the form of script files The settings content can be different depending on a backup type In case of classic disk and file type backups the settings consis
301. space on all available drives If you want to change the settings of this parameter you can use the Remove button to delete from the list the drives you don t need to clean free space on If you wish to add these drives to the list again use the Add button I System Clean up x You can view and change the current settings for the selected item amp Add Logical Dri PF System Clean up Io ogical Drive a3 System Components Se bw Recycle Bin l a Temporary file aq SS Select the logical drive L You ca as gt Hard Disk Free Space Please q F 2 My Computer Data Destruction Method Logic S Local Disk C s Drive Free Space c ce New Volume D gt gt Recently Used Documents List D Ele New Volume E Windows Run List EA gt ge Opened Saved Files History l amp User Credentials Windows Prefetch Directory Cancel ada Remove 7 eK Geen Computers The Computers setting is used for cleaning up the registry search strings you have used for finding computers in the local network These strings keep information on what has interested you in the network These items should also be deleted to maintain confidentiality The Computers setting is similar to the Files setting It is a string that can contain any number of full or partial computer names separated by semicolons The deletion of computer search strings is b
302. ssistance Alternatively you can try to take these settings from your browser s configuration 5 3 6 5 Backup priority Changing the priority of a backup process can make it run faster or slower depending on whether you raise or lower the priority but it can also adversely affect the performance of other running programs The priority of any process running in a system determines the amount of CPU usage and system resources allocated to that process Decreasing the backup priority will free up more resources for other CPU tasks Increasing backup priority may speed up the backup process by taking resources from the other currently running processes The effect will depend on total CPU usage and other factors r D tou Zi Online backup options l Rasat atto dalat Pasar te omens to dafa Connection attemgts Backup priority Storage connection speed You Can set up the priority of the backup process making it run faster of shower Storage dearup tow The backup process wi run dower Proxy settings O Normal The backup process wil nun with average rate Backup priorty High Emal notification The backup process wil run faster Pre Post commands Customer Experience Progam You can set up the backup process priority Low enabled by default the backup process will run slower but the performance of other programs will be increased Normal the backup process will have equal priority with other processes High the backup p
303. sssseseeeeeees 87 About recovery of dynamic GPT disks and volumes ccsssseseeeseeeeeees 88 Backup protection dialog DOX ccccccsesseseceeecessesseseeeeeeesessesseaeeeeeeesessees 89 Arranging boot order in BIOS cc sccccccccsssssssssceeeeeesssessaeeeeeesesesessnaeens 89 RECOVERY OPTIONS 225 222 secees ieee tinna E E E tented ene eed oe ee 90 4 1 Recovering your system after a crash When your computer fails to boot it is advisable to at first try to find the cause using the suggestions given in Trying to determine the crash cause p 68 If the crash is caused by corruption of the operating system use a backup to recover your system Make the preparations described in Preparing for recovery p 69 and then proceed with recovering your system p 69 4 1 1 Trying to determine the crash cause A system crash can be due to two basic factors One reason is that your computer will not boot due to a hardware failure The second reason is that the operating system is corrupted and Windows will not start up In the first scenario it is better to let your service center handle the repairs However you may want to perform some routine tests Check the cables connectors power of external devices etc Then restart the computer The POST power on self test that starts immediately after you turn on your computer checks your system hardware If the POST has found a failure you will need to send the PC for repairs If the
304. stablished check box Monthly execution parameters You can set up the following parameters for monthly task execution Frequency Monthly If you select Every choose a numeral and the day of the week from the dropdown lists example First Monday the backup will be performed on the first Monday of every month If you select On choose the date s for backup execution example you may want the task to be run on the 10th 20th and Last day of the month Start either at a certain time or upon a certain event If you select At set the task s start time Enter hours and minutes manually or set the desired start time by using the up and down buttons If you select Upon event choose the event you need At user logon At user logoff At system startup or At system shutdown To run a backup only at the first occurrence of the event select the Once a day only box Advanced settings To postpone a scheduled task until the next time the computer is not in use screen saver is displayed or computer is locked select the Run the task only when the computer is idle check box If the computer is switched off when the scheduled time comes the backup won t be performed but you can force the missed task to run at the next system start up To do so select the If missed run the task at startup check box If there is no Internet connection when the scheduled time comes you can force the missed backup to run when an Internet connection is estab
305. stentoenes 3 11 10 Error handling ccceecesscsseecseeseseeeeees 3 11 11 Computer shutdown cccesceeeeeeeeee 3 11 12 File level security settings for backup 3 11 13 Performance of backup OperatiOn ccccccssesscssscssesscsecsscsecssessssessesesesessessesseseeeees 3 11 14 Notifications for backup operation ccccssesscsssessessesecssesscsssscsssesesesessesessesseeseeees 3 12 Walid ating DaGkU PSiccc s2e 022 a E ond ve a ona Gos a Te a aae ae 3 13 Consolidating backup versions 3 13 1 Archive to consolidate protection cccccccsesssssesssssssssscsscssssseecsssssssesscsecessessessssssssssscsceesoessessueaeessensnees 66 3 13 25 BaCKUip Sele CtiOMinc s secascscesekeveuvocesieccenteoseysbed bcstebueses stelle vest out cucvssuntuacdivenedvessdelacseneeteynbesdta Ea aE 66 3 13 3 Result location xcs fsnissci neha A SA aerate cathe stone S atertiilaieesaeds 66 3213 42 Consolidation Summary arenino ere a a a e e a i oies debdenl secodebnva E 67 3 14 Cloning backup settings cccccccsssssssececececsesesseaeceeecsseeseeseaeeeeeeeseesesaeaeseeeeeseesesaeaeeeeeeeseeseaaeas 67 Recovering data osrirn n irinn ana E S E EEA EA NEEN E O ENNEA 68 4 1 Recovering your system after a crash 4 1 1 Trying to determine the crash cause s snssssesesssseseseresesesesensarestsrsrsrsrerenenesisesensasasisisrsrsrsrsnenesesesrsrnnananen 4 1 2 Preparing for rECOVe Vinerna a aiaa rr eet aa ae reata Net 4
306. sting backup to the backup list on the main screen select the backup and click the Add to backup list button 3 10 Excluding items from backup If you want to exclude unnecessary files from a backup specify the appropriate file types in the File Exclusion window To exclude files click What to exclude in the Disk Backup File Backup or Nonstop Backup window You can exclude hidden and system files from a backup by selecting the corresponding check boxes 4 File Exclusion x Specify files to exclude Hidden files System files V Files matching the following criteria 2 Add a f tib tmp OK Cancel In addition you can exclude files meeting the criteria you specify To do this select the Files matching the following criteria check box enter the exclusion criterion and then click Add By default the program excludes from backups files with the following extensions tmp and tib You can enter explicit file names for exclusion from the backup file ext all such files will be excluded from the backup C file ext the file ext file on the C disk will be excluded You can also use wildcards ext all files with a ext extension will be excluded C ext files located in the root of partition C with a ext extension will be excluded f_name files named f_name with any extension will be excluded name ext all files with a ext extension having six letters in their names sta
307. t fit the target hardware You can specify a custom driver repository a folder or folders on a network drive or CD which will also be used to search for drivers In addition Acronis Universal Restore can search drivers on removable media The Windows default driver storage folder is determined in the registry value DevicePath which can be found in the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion DevicePath This storage folder is usually WINDOWS inf 2 Installing drivers for Plug and Play devices Acronis Universal Restore relies on the built in Plug and Play discovery and configuration process to handle hardware differences in devices that are not critical for the system start This includes video audio and USB Windows takes control over this process during the logon phase If some of the new hardware is not detected you will have a chance to install the drivers for it later manually 4 10 How to use Acronis Startup Recovery Manager The Acronis Startup Recovery Manager enables you to start Acronis True Image Home 2011 ona local computer without loading the operating system If Windows won t load this feature allows you to run Acronis True Image Home 2011 by itself to recover damaged partitions To be able to use Acronis Startup Recovery Manager at boot time Click Tools amp Utilities on the menu bar and select Acronis Startup Recovery Manager Click the Activate button Acronis
308. t free disk space check box In the Size box type or select a threshold value and select a unit of measure Acronis True Image Home 2011 can monitor free space on the following storage devices Local hard drives USB cards and drives Network shares SMB NFS The message will not be displayed if the Do not show messages and dialogs while processing silent mode check box is selected in the Error handling settings This option cannot be enabled for FTP servers and CD DVD drives E mail notification You can specify an e mail account that will be used for notifying you of the recovery process To specify the e mail settings Select the Send e mail notifications about the operation state check box Enter the e mail address in the E mail address field You can enter several e mail addresses in a semicolon delimited format Enter the outgoing mail server SMTP in the Outgoing mail server SMTP field Set the port of the outgoing mail server By default the port is set to 25 Enter the user name in the User name field Enter the password in the Password field If you want the client e mail program to handle messages according to the set policy for example to put messages into the specified folder specify the subject in the Subject field If your Internet service provider requires authorization on the incoming mail server before sending e mails select the Log on to incoming mail server check box then ent
309. t of the following items list of items for backup backup options backup location schedule backup scheme automatic clean up rules backup version naming rules The settings of Nonstop Backup are as follows list of items for nonstop protection Nonstop Backup data storage location a list of locations if there are several You cannot import Online Backup settings from one computer to another To export the settings of your existing backups click Tools amp Utilities on the menu bar Then click Export backup settings and browse for the destination to save the script files with the settings To import the settings start Acronis True Image Home 2011 on another computer and click Tools amp Utilities on the menu bar Then click Import backup settings and show the path to the script files with the settings After importing the settings you may need to change some of them to suit the new environment For example it may be necessary to change the list of items for backup backup destination etc If you want to copy some of your backups to another computer it is recommended to export the settings of those backups too Thus you will not lose some of the copied backup s functionality 8 Troubleshooting In this section General recommendations c cccccssececssseececsesneceeseseeecseqaeeeesenaeeeeseaaes 209 Acronis System R POrt cccesssssssssssssscssssssseeseseseseseseeeseeeseeeaeenaeanenee
310. t service provider requires authorization on the incoming mail server before sending e mails check the Log on to incoming mail server box If you would like to use encryption select the required encryption protocol from the dropdown list in the Encryption field If you want the client e mail program to handle messages according to the set policy for example put messages into a specified folder specify the name of the sender in the From field 114 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 and or the subject in the Subject field If you leave the From field empty the e mail will be composed using the name from the outgoing account To send notification concerning process completion select the Send notification upon operation s successful completion check box To send notification concerning process failure select the Send notification upon operation failure check box To send notification with operation messages select the Send notification when user interaction is required check box To send notification with full log of operations select the Add full log to the notification check box After making the additional settings click OK to return to the previous window To check whether your settings are correct click the Send Test E mail Message button 5 3 6 7 Pre Post commands You can specify commands or batch files to be executed automatically before and or after the backup procedure For example you may want to configu
311. t the Acronis support team they will usually need information about your system in order to resolve your problem Sometimes getting the information is an inconvenient process and may take a long time The Generate system report tool simplifies the procedure It generates a system report containing all the necessary technical information and allows you to save the information to file When it s necessary you can attach the created file to your problem description and send it to Acronis support team This will simplify and speed up the search for a solution To generate a system report On the main program window click the Help arrow and select Generate system report or Press CTRL F7 Note that you can use the key combination even when Acronis True Image Home 2011 is performing any other operation After the report is generated To save the generated system report to file click Save and in the opened window specify a location for the created file To save the report to file and send it to Acronis support team by e mail click Save and send To exit to the main program window without saving the report click Cancel You can place the tool on your bootable rescue media as a separate component to be able to generate a system report when your computer cannot boot After you boot from the media you will be able to generate the report even without running Acronis True Image Home 2011 In this case you should plug in a USB flash drive
312. t the manual cloning mode Acronis True Image Home 2011 will offer you the following data move methods Asis a new partition will be created for every old one with the same size and type file system and label The unused space will become unallocated Proportional the new disk space will be proportionally distributed between cloned partitions 174 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 Manual you will specify a new size and other parameters yourself rc re Clone Disk Wizard eS Choose data moving method from old to new hard drive Y Clone Mode 2 Asis V Source Disk E The data on your old hard disk will be moved to the new drive in its current state the size of the partitions Destination Disk will not be changed Move Method Proportional vV Finish The size of the original partitions will be respectively changed to fit the new drive size If the new drive is smaller the partitions will be shrunk accordingly if the new drive is bigger the partitions will be enlarged proportionally Manual Allows you to set partition size manually Next gt Proceed Cancel If you elect to transfer information as is a new partition will be created for every old one with the same size and type file system and label The unused space will become unallocated Afterwards you will be able to use the unallocated space to create new partitions or to enlarge the existing partitio
313. t to perform disk defragmentation before backing up that disk 6 2 1 Deciding where to store your backups First of all you should decide where to store your backups Acronis True Image Home 2011 supports quite a few of storage devices For more information see Supported storage media p 13 Some of the supported storage locations are discussed below Hard disk drives Since hard disk drives are now quite inexpensive in most cases purchasing an external hard drive for storing your backups will be an optimal solution An external drive enhances the security of your data because you can keep it off site for example at home if you back up your office computer and vice versa You can choose various interfaces USB FireWire eSATA depending on the configuration of your computer ports and the required data transfer rate In many cases the best choice will be an external USB hard drive especially if your computer supports USB 3 0 If you plan to use an external USB hard drive with your desktop PC connecting the drive to a rear connector using a short cable will usually provide the most reliable operation This reduces the chance of data transfer errors during backup recovery Home file server NAS or NDAS If you have a Gigabit Ethernet home network and a dedicated file server or NAS you can store backups on the file server or NAS practically like on an internal drive If you decide to use an external hard drive NAS NDAS etc you will
314. talled on your computer you can include standalone versions of these programs on the same bootable disk as well If you have chosen not to install the Bootable Media Builder during Acronis True Image Home 2011 installation you will not be able to use this feature When booting from the Rescue Media you cannot perform backups to disks or partitions with Ext2 Ext3 Ext4 ReiserFS and Linux SWAP file systems To create bootable media Run the Acronis Media Builder wizard To do so m Click Tools amp Utilities in the main menu and then click Rescue Media Builder on the Tools amp Utilities screen or Select Programs gt Acronis gt Acronis True Image Home 2011 gt Tools amp Utilities gt Bootable Rescue Media Builder from the Start menu Click Next and follow the wizard s steps 7 2 1 1 Rescue media contents selection You can select which components of Acronis programs you want to place on the bootable media If you have other Acronis products installed on your computer such as Acronis Disk Director Suite the bootable versions of these programs components will be offered as well Acronis True Image Home 2011 offers the following components Acronis True Image Home 2011 Full version includes support of USB PC Card formerly PCMCIA and SCSI interfaces along with the storage devices connected via them and therefore is strongly recommended Acronis True Image Home 2011 Safe version do
315. tem e g the name and the model of the selected disk drive its capacity file system and its interface 7 5 2 Creating new partitions In order to use the space on a hard disk it must be partitioned Partitioning is the process of dividing the hard disk s space into logical divisions Each logical division may function as a separate disk with an assigned drive letter its own file system etc Even if you do not intend to divide your hard disk into logical divisions it must be partitioned so that the operating system knows that it is intended to be left in one piece Initially all disk space will be unallocated This will change after you add new partitions To create a new partition Select the unallocated space and click Create new partition in the upper part of the window or right click on the unallocated space and select Create new partition in the shortcut menu Specify the following settings for the partition being created the size of the new partition m file system of the new partition m partition type 179 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 partition letter and label E Add New Disk Wizard Add New Disk Wizard Y Disk selection Partition creation Finish Size Min 3 MB Max 16GB _ 4 A Partition D 943 GB NTFS F Minimal space E Free space F Unallocated space Partition size 9 43 GB Free space before 1 MB Free space after 6 569 G
316. than usual This is because the defragmentation program changes file locations on the disk and the backups reflect these changes Therefore it is recommended that you re create a full backup after disk defragmentation If you lose an incremental backup version or it becomes corrupted all later incremental backup versions will be unusable Deleting backups and backup versions You may want to delete backups and backup versions you no longer need Acronis True Image Home 2011 stores information on the backups in a metadata information database Therefore deleting unneeded backup files by using Windows Explorer will not delete information about these backups from the database and Acronis True Image Home 2011 will consider that they still exist This will result in errors when the program tries to perform operations on the backups that no longer exist So you must only remove obsolete backups and backup versions by using the tools provided by Acronis True Image Home 2011 To delete an entire backup On the main screen find the corresponding backup box click Operations and then click Delete backup When you delete an entire backup all its versions will be deleted as well To delete a specific backup version 1 On the main screen find the corresponding backup box click Explore and recover or Explore all versions 2 In Backup explorer right click the version you want to delete and then click Delete version When you delet
317. the appropriate link For more information see Backup schemes p 53 If you want to run the backup on a schedule click the Turn on link to set up a schedule for more information see Scheduling p 139 To run the backup on the schedule click the down arrow to the right of the Back up now button and select Later in the drop down list The backup with the settings you have made will run according to the schedule You can also start the backup manually later on the main screen The program allows you to back up files by categories For more information see Data categories p 41 You can exclude hidden or system files and folders from backup as well as files matching the criteria you specify To add exclusion criteria click the Add link to the right of Exclusions While adding criteria you can use the common Windows wildcard characters For more information see Excluding items from backup p 51 3 4 1 Data categories The program allows you to back up files by categories When selecting the file category ies you automatically select for backup all files of associated types found on the computer s hard drives You can use the following default categories Video Music Images Finance and Documents Furthermore you can add any number of custom categories containing files and folders The new categories will be saved and displayed along with the above You can change the contents of any custom or default file category edit the category
318. the middle of the backup process Acronis True Image Home 2011 finds out that the disk to which you are backing up does not have sufficient free space for completing the backup The program displays a message warning you that the disk is full W Confirmation es P The disk is full You must free additional disk space to continue You can either empty the Recycle Bin or delete old data files Click Browse to specify another location Retry to try again or click Cancel en Ce Caa To complete the backup you may either try to free up some space on the disk and click Retry or select another storage device To choose the latter option click Browse in the confirmation window The Browse for Destination window appears Browse for Destination New folder e Computer Name Size Type Date Hl Desktop E My_system 3420837KB TIBfile 18 Aug 10 11 43 40 Lib adm Mysystem 1 3421060 KB TIB file 18 Aug 10 11 51 16 IF My Documents Mysystem 1 2 10996 KB TIB file 18 Aug 10 12 12 38 3 Floppy Disk Drive A Mysystem 1 3 13779 KB TIB file 18 Aug 10 12 15 34 amp Local Disk C Mysystemay4 13821 KB TIB file 18 Aug 10 12 16 34 a New Volume D Mysystem 1 5 16796 KB TIB file 18 Aug 10 12 18 52 4 cw New Volume E J My backups E DVD Drive F MTiX_W Ge Network Filename My_system Add date date gt Save as type Acronis backup tib X Ok ms Cancel a The left pane
319. the root installation directory You can always find the latest up to date list of the third party code and the associated license terms used with the Software and or Service at http kb acronis com content 7696 Table of contents 1 GELLING Started PERE E E E E E E E A S T EEEE 7 LL IMtPO CUCHION snsnn donetecdaaasucetccestetaanedussd cuectes laantussd chad as Vabedeait stages danadedhiceechessadaadasyeds 7 1 1 1 What is Acronis True Image Home 2011 0 cccccsssscscssssesssscsssscsesscsessssesscscsessesesecsessesesscseseeeessesscseeeenees 7 1 1 2 What is Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack ccceecesesssssessesessesscsscesssesesseesesscsecseseessessueaeseeseeeess 8 1 1 3 Acronis True Image Home 2011 basic concepts ccccssesscscsscssesecssesesssssesscssesessessessessseceeesessessesseeaseeseeees 8 1 1 4 New in Acronis True Image Home 2011 cccescscssecsscsscsssssecsrsssececsseceesessseseaecausseesneseaesaeseaseeesenssansaaes 11 1 1 5 System requirements and Supported media ccssessessescsscsseseesessssesscsscseesessesssssseseeceeesesoessessesseesseeees 12 W156 Technical SUPP OM isrener iere anerer ereenn narea anaE Tea SEER EE Ea EEE EKNE ENE EEr EERE EEEE ESEE EE ERARE 14 LLZ Tralversi n information iecsccccccicaaccsicicechtieiwessieatecascucavesveecaedsveeni ac AENEAN EEA EAEE E E 14 1 2 Acronis True Image Home 2011 installation and startup c ccccccccssssssssceeececessesscsesee
320. the settings for the second partition which in this case is your system partition Click New location and then select unallocated space on the destination disk that will receive the partition Click Accept check the partition type change if necessary You should remember that the system partition must be primary and marked as active Specify the partition size which by default equals the original size Usually there is no free space after the partition so allocate all the unallocated space on the new disk to the second partition Click Accept and then click Next 9 Carefully read the summary of operations to be performed If you do not want to validate the backup click Proceed Otherwise click Options and select the Validate backup archive before recovery box before clicking Proceed 10 When the operation finishes proceed to MBR recovery You need to recover the MBR because the PC manufacturer could change the generic Windows MBR or a sector on the track 0 to provide access to the hidden partition 11 Reselect the same backup Then right click and select Recover in the shortcut menu Choose Recover whole disks and partitions at the Recovery method step and then select the MBR and Track 0 box 12 At the next step select the destination disk as the target for MBR recovery click Next and then Proceed After MBR recovery is complete exit the standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2011 Windows should not see both the new and
321. them on the file system a network drive or a USB flash drive In addition to enhancing the backed up data security with replication this feature allows you to copy a set of documents for example to a USB stick for working on them at home So now you can perform a normal backup and copy the same files to a USB stick or any local hard drive You have the choice of making a reserve copy in the form of regular files in their native format a zip compressed file or a tib file optionally with password protection and encryption A password protected reserve copy can be encrypted only if you choose to encrypt the main backup and an encryption key of the same length will be used for encrypting the reserve copy A reserve copy always contains all the files selected for backup that is when creating a reserve copy the program always makes a full backup of the source data You cannot make a reserve copy in the form of an incremental or differential backup even in tib format Also remember that you will pay for the enhanced convenience and increased security of your data by the time required for performing the operation because normal backup and reserve copying are performed one after another and not simultaneously And now let us consider a case when you may need to make a reserve copy of your backup Suppose you have worked hard on an urgent project all day and the deadline is tomorrow morning You decide to back up the results of the day s wo
322. ths or days In addition you can set the maximum number of file versions to be kept on the Online Storage You can accept the default settings for those options or set the values you need To change the above options click Options Settings on the toolbar and then select the Storage cleanup item For more information see Storage cleanup p 111 You can also manage Acronis Online Storage by deleting individual files or even some of their versions Such deletions can be done only for the current computer 1 Select the folder containing the files you want to manage on the directory tree in the left pane The right pane lists the files in that folder 2 If you want to delete a file select it in the right pane When selecting multiple files for deletion you can use the Ctrl and Shift keys like in Windows Explorer Having finished selection right click on the selection and choose Delete in the shortcut menu then click Yes in the confirmation window 3 If you want to delete some versions of a specific file right click on the file and select View Versions in the shortcut menu This opens the File Versions window Select the version you want to delete click the Delete icon x to the right of the version number then click Yes in the confirmation window Repeat this for all file versions you want to delete Having finished deleting the versions click Cancel to close the window 5 6 Viewing Log If you want to view the log of Acronis True
323. ting device If there are several hard disks installed in your computer labeled as C D E and F you can change the boot order so that an operating system is booted from for example disk E In this case you have to set the boot order to look like E CD ROM A C D This does not mean that booting is done from the first device in this list it only means that the first attempt to boot an operating system will be from this device There may be no operating system on disk E or it may be inactive In this case BIOS queries the next device in the list The BIOS numbers disks according to the order in which they are connected to IDE controllers primary master primary slave secondary master secondary slave next go the SCSI hard disks This order is broken if you change the boot order in BIOS setup If for example you specify that booting has to be done from hard disk E numbering starts with the hard disk that would be the third in usual circumstances it is usually the secondary master for IDE hard drives Some motherboards have a so called boot menu opened by pressing a certain key or key combination for instance F12 The boot menu allows selecting the boot device from a list of bootable devices without changing the BIOS setup 4 14 Recovery options In the Disk Recovery Options File Recovery Options and E mail Recovery Options windows you can configure options for a disk partition file and e mail recovery
324. tioned disks it will ask you which is the source i e the older data disk oO Clone Disk Wizard Regue sens Select the source hard disk from the list below Y Clone Mode Source Disk Destination Disk Li Disk properties B B Disk1 l Disk 2 Disk 3 Drive Capacity Model 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual 1 0 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 16GB S C U 3 15 96 GB NTFS gai E Primary Logical Dynamic M Acronis Secure Zone _ Unallocated Unsupported Next gt The current Acronis True Image Home 2011 version does not support cloning of dynamic and GPT disks Select the source disk and click Next to continue Viewing disk and partition information 7 S Columns selects the columns to display You can change the width of a column by dragging its borders with the mouse 1 Disk properties duplicated in the context menu invoked by right clicking objects opens the selected partition or disk properties window This window contains two panels The left panel contains the properties tree and the right describes the selected property in detail The disk information includes its physical parameters connection type device type size etc partition information includes both physical sectors location etc and logical file system free space assigned letter etc parameters 173 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010
325. tisfies this minimum storage size criterion the destination can be used for storing Nonstop Backup data Managing Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage Inevitably the Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage becomes full after a period of time which depends on the selected Nonstop Backup destination and the volume and composition of the data protected by Acronis Nonstop Backup When the free space on the storage becomes less than 200 MB the program will alert you You can choose another destination without losing the previously backed up data You will be able to recover the data backed up on the old storage Note that after selecting a new destination Acronis Nonstop Backup creates a new full backup of the data selected for protection by Nonstop Backup One more way of managing the Acronis Nonstop Backup storage is by deleting the backup versions you no longer need To clean up the storage select Operations Clean up on the Nonstop Backup box Acronis True Image Home 2011 displays a window allowing you to select a period of time for deleting the backup versions created during that period Select the required period and click OK You can also completely clean up the Acronis Nonstop Backup storage by selecting Operations Delete backup in the Nonstop Backup box Be careful as this operation destroys all data backed up by Acronis Nonstop Backup 3 7 Making reserve copies of your backups You can create reserve copies of your backups and save
326. ton Additional notification settings To send a notification concerning process completion select the Send notification upon operation s successful completion check box Tosend a notification concerning process failure select the Send notification upon operation failure check box To send a notification with operation messages select the Send notification when user interaction is required check box To send a notification with full log of operations select the Add full log to the notification check box 3 12 Validating backups The validation procedure checks whether you will be able to recover data from a particular backup version so when you select for validation on the time line a full backup version the program validates the full backup version only a differential backup version the program validates the initial full backup version and the selected differential backup version anincremental backup version the program validates the initial full backup the selected incremental backup version and the whole chain if any of backup versions to the selected incremental backup version If the chain contains one or more differential backup versions the program validates in addition to the initial full backup version and the selected incremental backup version only the most recent differential backup version in the chain and all subsequent incremental backup versions if any between the differential backup ve
327. ts assigned name or by its capacity If you have not assigned names to the disks and have any doubts about their identity when selecting the destination disk you may abort the recovery Click Cancel and try to identify the destination disk by its model number interface etc To see this information select Tools amp Utilities gt Add New Disk in the main menu The Disk selection screen will show the information Use it for identifying the destination disk then click Cancel Start the Recovery Wizard again repeat the above steps and select the destination disk 7 Clicking Accept will return you to the Settings of partition screen Check the partition type and change it if necessary You should remember that the system partition must be primary and marked as active 8 Proceed to specifying the partition size by clicking Change default in the Partition size area The partition will occupy the entire new disk by default You can resize and relocate the partition by dragging it or its borders with a mouse on the horizontal bar on the screen Or you can enter corresponding values into the appropriate fields Partition size Free space before Free space after Remember that when resizing a partition you need to leave enough unallocated free space for a second partition Usually the free space before partitions is equal to zero Click Accept when the partition is the size you want and then click Next 9 Begin specifying the sett
328. u may have vhd files if you used the Windows Backup utility included into Windows Vista and Windows 7 for backing up the system hard drive If you purchased Acronis True Image Home 2011 after using Windows Vista or Windows 7 backup utility you can recover your system hard drive from those vhd files using Acronis True Image Home 2011 When you need to recover your system using a vhd backup file proceed as follows 1 Arrange the boot order in BIOS so as to make your rescue media device CD DVD or USB stick the first boot device See Arranging boot order in BIOS p 89 Boot from the rescue media and select Acronis True Image Home 2011 Full version After Acronis True Image Home 2011 starts click the My Disks link under Recover on the Welcome screen 4 Choose the vhd backup file to be used for recovery by its creation date When the required vhd backup is not shown click Browse choose Windows Backup Archives vhd in the Files of type field and locate the backup for recovery Even if the required vhd backup is shown on the screen after you choose it Acronis True Image Home 2011 may display the following message Acronis True Image Home 2011 cannot detect volume 1 of Backup_Name archive where Backup_Name is the name of the chosen backup This is because disk letters in the standalone Acronis True Image Home 2011 may differ from those in Windows and the path to this backup stored in the metadata information will point to the wr
329. ue Image Home 2011 for file level operations with these file systems file backup recovery search as well as image mounting and file recovering from images You also cannot perform backups to disks or partitions with these file systems 1 1 5 4 Supported storage media Hard disk drives Networked storage devices FTP servers CD R RW DVD R RW DVD R including double layer DVD R DVD RW DVD RAM BD R BD RE USB 1 1 2 0 3 0 FireWire IEEE 1394 and PC card storage devices REV and other removable media Acronis True Image Home 2011 does not support the following dynamic volume types Mirrored and RAID 5 There are some additional limitations on operations with dynamic and GPT disks To perform operations with dynamic and GPT disks you need separately purchased Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack Creation of Acronis Secure Zone is not supported Recovery of a dynamic volume as a dynamic volume with manual resizing is not supported GPT disks can be recovered only volume to volume without the possibility of resizing Try amp Decide cannot be used for protecting dynamic and GPT disks m Clone disk operation is not supported for dynamic and GPT disks An FTP server must allow passive mode file transfers For data to be recovered directly from an FTP server the backup must consist of files no greater than 2GB each The firewall settings of the source computer should have Ports 20 and 21
330. unts and settings for Microsoft Outlook 2000 2002 2003 2007 2010 Microsoft Outlook Express Windows Mail and Windows Live E mail backup is a subset of file level backups that backs up predefined folders and requires minimum user selections However if need be you can select Microsoft Outlook components and folders individually E mail Backup lo aJe i 5 24 Configure e mail backup process What to back up v W Windows Contacts Name Size Type Da 7 J Windows Contacts File Folder Destination d DAMY Sacs TF v 68 GB of 16 GB free Schedule Off Turn on Backup scheme Version chain The prograr kur th th Backup name Windows Contacts g E mail backup options Back up now z l Cancel You can select the following items Messages contained in PST DBX Database Files E mail accounts For Microsoft Office Outlook 2000 2002 2003 2007 2010 Mail Folders Calendar m Contacts m Tasks Notes m Signatures News Folders User Settings Address Book For Microsoft Outlook Express m Mail Folders Address Book select Windows Address Book Acronis True Image Home 2011 provides backup of IMAP Internet Messages Access Protocol mail folders for Microsoft Outlook This means that you can back up folders stored on a mail server For Microsoft Outlook Express and Windows Mail only backup of local e mail folders is available Take note that Acronis True Image Home 2011 does not sup
331. up Protect partitions and files continucusty Ontine Backup EE Bronsa for kochup Use online orage to keep your Gata safe No backups Your data cannot be recovered Use backup assistant to choose the best way of backup Or back up your computer with one click 2 This opens the Disk Backup window with your system partition usually C selected by default 123 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 If you use Windows 7 the program will also select the System Reserved partition Do not clear its check box because you may need to recover that partition if your system crashes Disk Backup gt lo Ex z Configure disk backup process kid disk vie System Reserved 4 vi _ Loca Disk C 4 D New Volume D New Volume F Exclusions Add Destinaticee gt F My bac kups Schedule Off Tum on Backup scheme Version chem Backup neme Parttion badap System Reserved C Disk backup optices E Backup now Cancel 3 Select a destination for backup you can leave the default destination or browse for a destination after clicking the down arrow to the right of the current destination and selecting Browse 4 Click Back up now Additional recommendations 1 Many IT professionals recommend that you have at least two copies of your system backup three are even better It is further recommended to keep one copy of a backup in a different location from the other preferably on othe
332. up 1 A backup method used for saving data changes that occurred since the last full backup version p 216 within a backup 2 A backup process that creates a differential backup version p 216 Differential backup version A differential backup version stores changes to the data against the latest full backup version p 216 You need access to the corresponding full backup version to recover the data from a differential backup version Disk backup Image A backup p 215 that contains a sector based copy of a disk or a partition in packaged form Normally only sectors that contain data are copied Acronis True Image Home 2011 provides an option to take a raw image that is copy all the disk sectors which enables imaging of unsupported file systems F Full backup 1 A backup method that is used to save all the data selected to back up 2 A backup process that creates a full backup version p 216 Full backup version A self sufficient backup version p 215 containing all data chosen for backup You do not need access to any other backup version to recover the data from a full backup version I Image The same as Disk backup p 216 Incremental backup 1 A backup method used for saving data changes that occurred since the last backup version p 215 of any type within a backup 2 A backup process that creates an incremental backup version p 217 Incremental backup version A back
333. up at 5 minute intervals for 24 hours The older backups will be consolidated in such a way that Acronis True Image Home 2011 will keep daily backups for the last 30 days and weekly backups until all Nonstop Backup data destination space is used Note that if Acronis Nonstop Backup protects a non system partition and no changes have occurred for 5 minutes since the last backup the next scheduled backup will be skipped Acronis Nonstop Backup will wait for a significant data change and will create a new incremental backup only when such change has been detected In those cases the actual time interval will exceed 5 minutes In addition if for instance you are working in Word and do not use the Save operation for an hour changes in the Word document will not be backed up every five minutes because Acronis True Image Home 2011 checks file changes on the disk and not in the memory The consolidation will be performed every day between midnight and 01 00 AM The first consolidation will take place after the Nonstop Backup has been working for at least 24 hours For example you have turned on the Nonstop Backup at 10 00 AM on July 12 In this case the first consolidation will be performed between 00 00 and 01 00 AM on July 14 Then the program will consolidate the data every day at the same time If your computer is turned off between 00 00 and 01 00 AM the consolidation will start when you turn the computer on If you turn off Nonstop Backup for
334. up requires all the previous incremental backups and the original full backup Converting a differential backup requires the original full backup The result of conversion will always be a full backup 3 Specify the path to the file to be created The converted file will be saved to the default location but you can select another one by clicking Browse The file can be directed to any local storage supported by Acronis True Image Home 2011 except the Acronis Secure Zone and CD DVD In addition it can be directed to an SMB share 4 Click Proceed in the Summary window When a tib image selected for conversion contains partitions for example from two physical hard disk drives the program will create two vhd files corresponding to those physical drives Acronis True Image Home 2011 cannot convert tib files containing images of spanned and striped dynamic volumes 7 9 1 2 Converting Windows backup Windows Vista and Windows 7 users can convert vhd files created by Windows Backup into Acronis backups This may be needed if you want to keep the earlier Windows Backup files but decide to convert them into tib files to save storage space The converted tib files are smaller than the corresponding vhd files due to compression Do not move vhd files from the folder to where they were saved by Windows Backup by default the folder has the name WindowslmageBackup Otherwise the operating system may be unbootable after recovery of the
335. up to 6 hours by clicking the down arrow to the right of this button and selecting a delay interval from the dropdown list Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup Step 2 What and when to back up Z Data to back up Documents Schedule Never ej 100 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 5 3 4 Main window This window shows the current state of your space on the Acronis Online Storage The online storage space is presented as a stripe All your registered computers are displayed as tabs that share the stripe You can see the amount of storage space that every computer has used as well as the amount of free space left on the Online Storage in accordance with your quota If you want to increase the Online Storage space quota click the icon to the right of free space stripe You will be taken to your Acronis account Web page where you can purchase additional Online Storage space Rp Arone Trike emeacre Flore 2021 Onkne Back Acronis True Image Home 2011 Online Backup viadimir volkhonsky acronis com Help My account Log out p Admin Home Free space 3 499 MB 1 48 GB 8 Next backup amp Back Up Now amp Recover 2 Options O i Not scheduled fe 5 6 2010 9 52 57 AM Name Size Type Version Admin Home a i BackupScripts File Folder 5 6 2010 9 46 0 G C E BitDefender File Folder 5 6 2010 9 46 0 2 Documents and Settings CDP i File Folder 5 6 2010 9 46 2 Program Fi
336. up version p 215 that stores changes to the data against the latest backup version You need access to other backup versions from the same backup p 215 to restore data from an incremental backup version N Nonstop backup Nonstop backup actually is a disk partition or file backup that is created using the Acronis Nonstop Backup feature This is a set of one full backup version p 216 and a sequence of incremental backup versions p 217 that are created at short intervals It gives almost continuous protection of data that is it allows recovery of previous data state at any recovery point you need Nonstop protection Nonstop protection the process that the Nonstop Backup feature performs when it is turned on O Online backup Online backup a backup that is created using Acronis Online Backup Online backups are stored in a special storage named the Online storage accsessible over the Internet The main advantage of an online backup is that all backups are stored on the remote location It gives a garantee that all backed up data will be safe independently of a user local storages To begin to use the Online storage a user should subscribe to the service R Recovery Recovery is a process of returning of a corrupted data to a previous normal state from a backup p 215 V Validation An operation that checks whether you will be able to recover data from a particular backup version p 215 When y
337. ups area The area shows the backups you already have It provides access to all operations with the existing backups and allows you to start recovery of your data To start recovery of the latest backup select the backup containing the data you need to recover and then click Recover When an image backup contains more than one backup version click the Explore all versions link below the Recover button This will open the Acronis Backup Explorer with the Disks and partitions tab selected You can also open the Acronis Backup Explorer by clicking on the backup name You can update an existing backup at any time by selecting it in the backup list and clicking Back up now If you want to explore all of the backups you have click the My backups link The program will open the Acronis Time Explorer You will be able to explore the existing backups using the time line For more information on using the time line for navigating through backups see Time line p 29 Operations menu it Recover Back up now Updated 12 Aug 10 Schedule Off Turn on Explore and recover Operations Open backup location J Edit backup settings Validate backup E Delete backup Create shortcut More Consolidate versions Clone backup settings Move backup Remove from the list Clicking Operations in the box of a selected backup opens an Operations menu containing the following items Open backup location opens the fo
338. ur father s middle name Answer Next gt Cancel Acronis True Image Home 2011 repair or update will not affect the password However if the program is removed and then installed again while keeping the Acronis Secure Zone on the disk the password to the Acronis Secure Zone will be reset 169 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 7 3 5 4 Convert file system to NTFS When you upgrade from a previous version of Acronis True Image Home 2011 and the Acronis Secure Zone exists in your system you can convert the zone file system from FAT32 to NTFS Such a conversion will not result in the loss of backups you already have in the Acronis Secure Zone It is recommended to convert the zone file system if you plan to use the Acronis Secure Zone as the Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage If you convert the file system of Acronis Secure Zone to NTFS this item will not appear at the later starts of the wizard 7 3 5 5 Removing Acronis Secure Zone Select the partitions to which you want to add the space freed up from Acronis Secure Zone If you select several partitions the space will be distributed proportionally to each partition s size To select a partition Select the appropriate partition s check box then click Next Acronis Secure Zone can be also removed while uninstalling the program You will have a choice between uninstallation of the program without removing Acronis Secure Zone and removing software alon
339. utton to continue You will be taken to the algorithm definition window again and will see that the former record write 00 was replaced by write random 1 byte To define the next pass click the Add button You will see the already familiar window but this time there will be more switch positions available two additional positions will be available for selection Write complementary to previous pass pattern As during the second pass of the U S standard each disk sector is filled with hexadecimal values that are complementary to those written during the previous pass Therefore you should set the switch to the Write complementary to previous pass pattern position and click the OK button You will be taken to the algorithm definition window again In this window the second record looks like this write complementary to previous step pattern Verify Following the U S data destruction standard specification define third and fourth data overwriting passes In the same way you can create any data destruction algorithm to match your security requirements Saving custom algorithm In the next Saving Custom Algorithm window you will be able to save the algorithm you have created This will be useful if you are going to use it again In order to save your algorithm you need to give it a filename and define the path in the Select file field or locate an existing file on the disk Each custom algorithm is stored i
340. ving finished the settings click Proceed to connect the selected partition images as virtual disks 6 After the image is connected the program will run Windows Explorer showing its contents Now you can work with files or folders as if they were located on a real disk 7 8 Unmounting an image We recommend that you unmount the virtual disk after all necessary operations are finished as maintaining virtual disks takes considerable system resources If you do not unmount the disk it will disappear after your computer is turned off To disconnect the virtual disk click Unmount image on the Tools amp Utilities screen select the disk to unmount and click OK Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2010 If you have mounted several partitions by default all of them will be selected for unmounting You can disconnect all mounted drives together or disconnect only those you do not need mounted anymore Unmount e fata Unmount drive Select the drives you want to unmount Drive Letter Volume Label Disk Size File System W a G New Volume 16 GB NTFS You can also do this in Windows Explorer by right clicking on the disk icon and choosing Unmount 7 9 Working with vhd files In this section Converting tib images into vhd virtual disks and vice versa 0006 203 Recovery using vhd files created by Windows BackuD sscssseeeee 205 Booting from a tib image of your Windows 7 system partition
341. want to reset all the modified options to their initial values that were set after the product installation click the Reset to initial settings button In this section Backup SChe Mes csiscccccvasacessisiocd ccvasacesstsdecdeevanaceautsdacdesusdaceaveasaceesvaanccduyeess 53 IMAE CrEATION MOE ccsesecccececeesessaeceeececesseceuaeseseceseesecnsaeeeeeeeseesees 57 Backup PrOteCtiON wiadeccessacceviscadseetadaces cissaddencaadcenststecdeevadaces aa i 57 Pre Post Commands for DaCKUP cccsscceesseessscecsseceessecseeeesseeeesecesees 58 Backup Splittin es vcscsecccvacaccecdscecg ecvadacen va sdoddesVeaadeeedszads ext hacen etsualdencaaadeest een 58 Backup Validation Option ccssscccessseeecessteeecessneeeceeseeeeceeseeeesesneeeesees 59 Backup reserve COPY csccccesssececsssteeecsesneeeceeseeeceeueeecseaueeeceeaeeeeseseeeesees 59 Removable Media SettingS ccccccccssssssseceeececessesseaeeeeeeessesesesaeeeeeeeseesees 60 SCFEENSHOLE SECUIN GS iczeecacasdecevcamiersedicacevseattensncitde a TEE iae a aee E 61 Emor Waning yesen E weet 61 Computer shutdown sesssssssssssesnrssssssrsernrssssesrrernnssssesnrennnssssesrneennssssennt 62 File level security settings for DACKUP ccccccccsssceceesssceeeesseeeesesseeeeeees 62 Performance of backup OperatiOn c sccccsccssscesssecsececseeeesseessseessnees 62 Notifications for backup OPeratiON ccccescecsscesssecsesecsseeesseesstseesseees 63 3 11
342. when You use an image backup not for disaster recovery but for cloning your Windows hard drive to another one In this case Acronis True Image Home 2011 generates a new disk signature for the recovered hard drive even if you recover to the same drive Disk recovery options click to set up additional parameters for the disk recovery process Use Acronis Universal Restore click to use Acronis Universal Restore technology during recovery Using Acronis Universal Restore provided by separately purchased Acronis True Image Home 2011 Plus Pack will help you create a bootable system clone on different hardware for more information see Acronis Universal Restore p 86 Choose this option when recovering your system disk to a computer with a processor motherboard or mass storage device that is different from the one in place when the system was originally backed up 4 3 Recovering partitions protected with Acronis Nonstop Backup You can recover partitions protected by Acronis Nonstop Backup as follows Let s first recover a data partition in Windows 1 Start Acronis True Image Home 2011 Click Explore and recover in the Nonstop Backup box on the main screen Select the backup version you want to recover on the time line at the Disks and partitions tab Select the partition to recover and click Recover he aa cdi The further operations are similar to those performed when recovering data partitions or disks from a classic
343. wo main reasons 1 If your startup hard drive completely fails you will not be able to do any work until you ve replaced it and 2 Reinstalling an operating system and applications from their original CDs or DVDs is a lengthy and tedious procedure You could avoid it with an image of your hard disk Summing up the above the optimal backup strategy for most users will consist in backing up both the system disk or at least the system partition and personal data To facilitate implementation of this strategy Acronis True Image Home 2011 provides the Acronis One Click Backup p 18 feature By default Acronis One Click Backup backs up both your system partition and your personal data 6 2 3 Deciding how often to back up Disk and partition backups Let s first discuss backing up your system disk Since it is impossible to know when it may crash you must create the first system disk backup as soon as possible Then you can decide how often to refresh that backup You may also want to add new backups without deleting the old one if you have available space on the storage device used for backups Having several backups increases the chances of recovering your system in case of a disaster A single backup may turn out to be corrupted and system recovery will be impossible The timing of subsequent system disk backups depends on how often you install new applications updates etc In many cases it is sufficient to schedule a new system backup once
344. y You just need to select the system disk backup box in the main program window and then click Back up now This may be useful for instance before installing a major Windows update or Service Pack Data backups The current version of Acronis True Image Home 2011 allows you to protect individual folders with Acronis Nonstop Backup Thus you can continuously protect your personal data As you protect only data files the backup size in many cases will not be excessively large You will be able to keep the history of your file changes over a long period Of course you can also run your file backups manually or on a schedule if you do not want to use Acronis Nonstop Backup In this case the frequency of backups will depend on how often you make changes in the files being backed up or add new files For instance when you are working ona project day after day you will likely need to schedule a backup of your daily work results at the end of every day For additional safety you can back up your most important files on a remote storage using Acronis Online Backup Such backups can run on a schedule too for instance every night when you do not use the computer Music files mp3 ogg etc and photos jpg jpeg etc are already compressed so backing them up as tib files will not result in a significant saving of disk space You may want to back up such files in their native format by copying them using Windows Explorer If those files are impo
345. y from 1 to 512 bytes long ay _ Write complementary to previous pass pattern Select this operation if you want Acronis True Image Home to count complementary to the previous step pattern The data will be overwritten with the newly counted pattern _ Verify Select this operation if you want the previously written data to be verified Cena Having created a custom method you can save the algorithm you created This will be handy if you are going to use it again Loading an algorithm from a file If you created and saved your algorithm for data destruction while working with Acronis True Image Home 2011 software you can use it in the following way In the Select algorithm window choose Load from file from the drop down list and select the file with custom data destruction algorithm parameters By default such files have a alg extension Algorithm definition The Algorithm definition window shows you a template of the future algorithm The window has the following legend The first column of the list contains the type of operation on a disk there are just two to write a symbol to disk writing and to verify written verification the second column contains the pattern of data to be written to disk The pattern to be written is always a hexadecimal value for example a value of this kind 0x00 OxAA or OxCD etc These values are 1 byte long but they may be up to 512 bytes long Except for suc
346. your notebook without installing Acronis True Image Home 2011 The most widely used operating systems Microsoft Windows and Mac OS X have built in support for the zip file format Acronis Nonstop Backup uses a special hidden storage for data and metadata The backed up data is compressed and split into files of about 1 GB These files also have a proprietary format and the data they contain can be recovered only with the help of Acronis True Image Home 2011 Backup validation The backup validation feature allows you to confirm that your system can be recovered As mentioned above the program adds checksum values to the data blocks being backed up During backup validation Acronis True Image Home 2011 opens the backup file recalculates the checksum values and compares those values with the stored ones If all compared values match the backup file is not corrupted and there is a high probability that the backup can be successfully used for data recovery We recommend that validation of system partition backups take place when booting from a rescue media Acronis True Image Home 2011 lets users of Windows 7 Enterprise and Window 7 Ultimate ensure that they will be able to boot after a recovered system partition The program allows you to boot from a tib file containing the system partition image It converts the tib file into a VHD file which is then used for actual booting If you can boot from the converted vhd file you will be able to boot a
347. your data is not accessible to anyone else p 57 automatically refresh your backups Backup schemes p 53 or Scheduling p 139 find a backup that contains the file you need to recover p 142 3 Backing up data Acronis True Image Home 2011 includes a wealth of sophisticated backup capabilities that would please even an IT professional They allow you to back up your disks partitions files and e mail You can choose a backup feature that suits you most or use them all The below sections describe the backup features in more detail In this section The difference between file backups and disk partition images 35 Full incremental and differential backups c cccccsssceeeesseceeeesteeeeeees 36 Backing Up partitions and CiSKS cccccccccececeessssaeeeeeeeseesesseaeeeeeeeseesees 38 Backing up files and folders ccccccecsssceceessecesecsececeeseeeeeessaeeeeeeseeeeees 40 Backing up C Mail ccccccesecssssececeeecessessaeceeeceseeseseaeseeeeesessesseaeeeeeeeseesees 43 Using Acronis Nonstop Backup cccssscccceceesssessaeeeceesssssesseaeeeeeeeseesees 44 Making reserve copies Of your DaCKUPS ccccssscecessseceeeesseceesesseeeeeees 48 Backup to various PIACES cccccccecsssssssseceeecsceesesseaeceeeessseseseaeeeeeeeseseees 50 Adding an existing backup to the list ccccecccssececesssececeestececseseeeseenaes 51 Excluding items from backup ccccccesssceec

Acronis True Image Home 2011, DVD, FR

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents